Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Немецкий
Польский

relating to a hundred

Толкование Перевод

1 Centenarii

centēnārĭus, a, um, adj. [centeni], consisting of a hundred, relating to a hundred:
numerus,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 86 Müll., p. 26 Bip.:
grex,
id. R. R. 2, 4, 22; 3, 6, 6:
pondera,
Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83: ballistae, throwing stones weighing a hundred pounds, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 555, 25:
fistula,
of a hundred inches, Vitr. 8, 7; Front. Aquaed. 29; 62; Pall. Aug. 12:
basilicae,
a hundred feet long. Capitol. Gord. 32:
rosae,
i. e. hundred-leaved, Tert. Cor. Mil. 14:
libertus,
possessed of a hundred thousand sesterces, Dig. 37, 14, 16; cf. Just. Inst. 3, 8 2: cenae, of a hundred asses, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54 Müll.; cf. Tert. Apol. 7 (but in Ann. 2, p. 97 is to be read centimanos, acc. to Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, p. 107). —
II.
Subst.: Centēnārĭi, ōrum, m., = centuriones, Veg. Mil. 2, 13.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Centenarii
2 centenarius

centēnārĭus, a, um, adj. [centeni], consisting of a hundred, relating to a hundred:
numerus,
Varr. L. L. 5, § 86 Müll., p. 26 Bip.:
grex,
id. R. R. 2, 4, 22; 3, 6, 6:
pondera,
Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83: ballistae, throwing stones weighing a hundred pounds, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 555, 25:
fistula,
of a hundred inches, Vitr. 8, 7; Front. Aquaed. 29; 62; Pall. Aug. 12:
basilicae,
a hundred feet long. Capitol. Gord. 32:
rosae,
i. e. hundred-leaved, Tert. Cor. Mil. 14:
libertus,
possessed of a hundred thousand sesterces, Dig. 37, 14, 16; cf. Just. Inst. 3, 8 2: cenae, of a hundred asses, Paul. ex Fest. p. 54 Müll.; cf. Tert. Apol. 7 (but in Ann. 2, p. 97 is to be read centimanos, acc. to Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, p. 107). —
II.
Subst.: Centēnārĭi, ōrum, m., = centuriones, Veg. Mil. 2, 13.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > centenarius
3 शतिक _śatika

शतिक a. (

-की f.),

-शत्य a. [शतेन क्रीतः शतस्य विक तस्यायं वा इति ठन् यत् वा]

1 Containing or consisting of hundred; ग्लहे शतिकवृद्धेस्तु सभिकः पञ्चकं शतम् Y.2.199. Relating to a hundred.

-3 Effected with a hundred.

-4 Bought with a hundred.

-5 Changed with or form hundred.

-6 Bearing tax or interest per hundred. Indicative of (the acquisition of) a hundred.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > शतिक _śatika
4 ducenaria

dŭcēnārĭus, a, um, adj. [id.], containing two hundred, of or relating to two hundred (post-Aug.):
pondera,
Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83: procuratores, i. e. who received a salary of 200 sestertia, Suet. Claud. 24 (cf. Dio Cass. 53, 15):
praefectus,
Inscr. Orell. 3444; cf. ib. 946; 2648.— Plur. as subst.:
ducenarii,
Cod. Just. 10, 19, 1: judices, petty judges (chosen from persons possessed of 200 sestertia), Suet. Aug. 32.— Subst.: dŭ-cēnārius, ii, m., in milit. lang., the commander of 200 men, Veg. Mil. 2, 8.— dŭcē-nārĭa, ae, f., the office of a ducenarius, i. q. ducena, Cod. Th. 1, 9, 1; App. M. 7, p. 190, 13.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ducenaria
5 ducenarius

dŭcēnārĭus, a, um, adj. [id.], containing two hundred, of or relating to two hundred (post-Aug.):
pondera,
Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83: procuratores, i. e. who received a salary of 200 sestertia, Suet. Claud. 24 (cf. Dio Cass. 53, 15):
praefectus,
Inscr. Orell. 3444; cf. ib. 946; 2648.— Plur. as subst.:
ducenarii,
Cod. Just. 10, 19, 1: judices, petty judges (chosen from persons possessed of 200 sestertia), Suet. Aug. 32.— Subst.: dŭ-cēnārius, ii, m., in milit. lang., the commander of 200 men, Veg. Mil. 2, 8.— dŭcē-nārĭa, ae, f., the office of a ducenarius, i. q. ducena, Cod. Th. 1, 9, 1; App. M. 7, p. 190, 13.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ducenarius
6 कन्यकुब्ज

kanya-kubja
n. (ā f. L.)

N. of an ancient city of great note (in the north-western provinces of India, situated on the kālīnadī, a branch of the Gaṇgā, in the modern district of Farrukhabad;
the popular spelling of the name presents, perhaps, greater variations than that of any place in India <e.g.. Kanauj, Kunnoj, Kunnouj, Kinoge, Kinnoge, Kinnauj, Kanoj, Kannauj, Kunowj, Canowj Canoje, Canauj, etc.>;
in antiquity this city ranks next to Ayodhyā in Oude;
it is known in classical geography as Canogyza;
but the name applies alsoﾠ to its dependencies andﾠ the surrounding district;
the current etymology < kanyā, « a girl», shortened to kanya, andﾠ kubja, « round-shouldered orﾠ crooked» > refers to a legend in R. I, 32, 11 ff.,
relating to the hundred daughters of Kuṡanābha, the king of this city, who were all rendered crooked by Vāyu for non-compliance with his licentious desires;
the ruins of the ancient city are said to occupy a site larger than that of London) MBh. Kathās. etc.;
- deṡa m. the country round Kanyakubja

Sanskrit-English dictionary > कन्यकुब्ज
7 पर _para

पर a. [पॄ-भावे-अप्, कर्तरि अच्-वा] (Declined optional- ly like a pronoun in nom. voc. pl., and abl. and loc. sing. when it denotes relative position)

1 Other, differ- ent, another; see पर m also.

-2 Distant, removed, remote; अपरं भवतो जन्म परं जन्म विवस्वतः Bg.4.4.

-3 Beyond, further, on the other side of; म्लेच्छदेशस्ततः परः Ms.2.23;7.158.

-4 Subsequent, following, next to, future, after (usually with abl.); बाल्यात् परामिव दशां मदनो$ध्युवास R.5.63; Ku.1.31.

-5 Higher, superior; सिकतात्वादपि परां प्रपेदे परमाणुताम् R.15.22; इन्द्रियाणि पराण्याहु- रिन्द्रियेभ्यः परं मनः । मनसस्तु परा बुद्धिर्यो बुद्धेः परतस्तु सः ॥ Bg.3.42.

-9 Highest, greatest, most distinguished, pre-eminent, chief, best, principal; क्षत्रात् परं नास्ति Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. न त्वया द्रष्टव्यानां परं दृष्टम् Ś.2; Ki.5.18; परतो$पि परः Ku.2.14 'higher than the highest'; 6.19; Ś7.27.

-7 Having as a following letter or sound, followed by (in comp.).

-8 Alien, estranged, stranger.

-9 Hostile, inimical, adverse,

-1 Exceeding, having a surplus or remainder, left over; as in परं शतम् 'exceeding or more than a hundred.

-11 Final, last.

-12 (At the end of comp.) Having anything as the highest ob- ject, absorbed or engrossed in, intent on, solely devoted to, wholly engaged or occupied in; परिचर्यापरः R.1.91; so ध्यानपर, शोकपर, दैवपर, चिन्तापर &c.

-रः 1 Another person, a stranger, foreigner; oft. in pl. in this sense; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1.9; Śi.2.74; see एक, अन्य also.

-2 A foe, an enemy, adversary; उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यभिच्छता Śi.2.1; Pt.2.158; R.3.21.

-3 The Almighty; तावदध्यासते लोकं परस्य परचिन्तकाः Bhāg.3.32.8.

-रम् 1 The highest point or pitch, culminating point.

-2 The Supreme Sprit; तेषामादित्यवज्ज्ञानं प्रकाशयति तत् परम् Bg.5.16.

-3 Final beatitude; असक्तो ह्याचरन् कर्म परमाप्नोति पूरुषः Bg.3.19.

-4 The secondary meaning of a word.

-5 (In logic) One of the two kinds of सामान्य or generality of notion; more extensive kind, (comprehending more objects); e. g. पृथ्वी is पर with respect to a घट).

-6 The other or future world; परासक्ते च वस्तस्मिन् कथमासीन्मनस्तदा Mb.6.14.55. Note-- The acc., instr. and loc. singulars of पर are used adverbi- ally; e. g. (a) परम्

1 beyond, over, out of (with abl.); वर्त्मनः परम् R.1.17.

-2 after (with abl.); अस्मात् परम् Ś.6.24; R.1.66;3.39; Me.12; भाग्यायत्त- मतः परम् Ś.4.17; ततः परम् &c.

-3 thereupon, there- after.

-4 but, however.

-5 otherwise.

-6 in a high degree, excessively, very much, completely, quite; परं दुःखितो$स्मि &c.

-7 most willingly.

-8 only.

-9 at the utmost. (b) परेण

1 farther, beyond, more than; किं वा मृत्योः परेण विधास्यति Māl.2.2.

-2 afterwards; मयि तु कृतनिधाने किं विदध्याः परेण Mv.2.49.

-3 after (with abl.) स्तन्यत्यागात् परेण U.2.7. (c) परे

1 afterwards, thereupon; अथ तेन दशाहतः परे R.8.73.

-2 in future.

-Comp. -अङ्गम् the hinder part of the body.

-अङ्गदः an epithet of Śiva.

-अणुः See परमाणु; Bhāg.1.14.11.

-अदनः a horse found in the country of Persia or Arabia.

-अधिकारचर्चा officiousness, meddlesomeness.

-अधीन a. dependent on another, subject, subservient; अन्नमेषां पराधीनं देयं स्याद्भिन्नभाजने Ms.1.54,83; H.1.119.

-अन्तः final death. (

-ताः) m. (pl.) N. of a people.

-अन्तकः an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a frontier.

-अन्तकालः the time of death; ते ब्रह्मलोकेषु परान्तकाले परामृताः परिमुच्यन्ति सर्वे Muṇḍ.3.2.6.

-अन्न a. living or subsisting on another's food. (

-न्नम्) the food of another; परगृहललिताः परान्नपुष्टाः Mk.4.28. ˚परिपुष्टता being fed with the food of others; Y.3.241. ˚भोजिन् a. subsisting on the food of others; रोगी चिरप्रवासी परान्नभोजी परावसथशायी । यज्जीवति तन्मरणं यन्मरणं सो$स्य विश्रामः ॥ H.1.12.

- अपर a.

1 far and near, remote and proximate.

-2 prior and posterior.

-3 before and beyond, earlier and later.

-4 higher and lower, best and worst. (

-रः) a Guru of an intermediate class. (

-रम्) (in logic) a property intermediate between the greatest and smallest numbers, a species (as existing between the genus and individual); e. g. पृथ्वी which is पर with 1respect to a घट is अपर with respect to द्रव्य; द्रव्यत्वादिक- जातिस्तु परापरतयोच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8.

-अभिध्यानम् self-conceit; high opinion for self or body (देहाभिमान); स्वयं पराभिध्यानेन विभ्रंशितस्मृतिः Bhāg.5.14.1.

-अमृतम् rain.

- अयण (अयन) a.

1 attached or devoted to, adhering to.

-2 depending on, subject to.

-3 intent on, solely devoted to or absorbed in (at the end of comp.); प्रभुर्धनपरायणः Bh.2.56; so मोह˚; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1; अग्निहोत्र˚ &c.

-4 connected with.

-5 being a protector (त्राता); अबर्हाश्चरणैर्हीनाः पूर्वेषां वः परायणाः Mb.1.23.4.

-6 leading or conducive to.

-(णम्) 1 the principal or highest objest, chief aim, best or last resort; एतत् परायणम् Praśna Up.1.1; तपसश्च परायणम् Rām.1.21.1; Mb.12.179.12.

-2 essence, sum.

-3 Ved. going away, departure, exit.

-4 firm devotion.

-5 a universal medicine, panacea.

-6 a religious order.

-अर्थ a.

1 having another aim or meaning.

-2 intended or designed for another, done for another.

(-र्थः) 1 the highest interest or advan- tage.

-2 the interest of another (opp. स्वार्थ); स्वार्थो यस्य परार्थ एव स पुमानेकः सतामग्रणीः Subhāṣ.; R.1.29.

-3 the chief or highest meaning.

-4 the highest object (i.e. sexual intercourse).

-5 the supreme good (मोक्ष); ज्ञात्वा प्रजहि कालेन परार्थमनुदृश्य च Mb.12.288.9.

-6 Something else. Hence परार्थता or परार्थत्व means 'being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः ŚB. on MS.4.3.

-7 an object which is meant for another's use (Sāṅ. Phil.); सङ्घातपरार्थत्वात् त्रिगुणादिविपर्ययादधिष्ठानात् Sāṅ. K.17. ˚वादिन् a. speaking for another; mediator, substitute.

-अर्थिन् a. striving for the supreme good. (

-र्थम् -र्थे) ind. for the sake of another.

-अर्धम् 1 the other part (opp. पूर्वार्ध); the latter half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6.

-2 a particular high number; i. e. 1,,,,,; एकत्वादिपरार्धपर्यन्ता संख्या T. S.

-अर्धक a. One half of anything.

-अर्ध्य a.

1 being on the farther side or half.

-2 most distant in number; हेमन्तो वसन्तात् परार्ध्यः Śat. Br.

-3 most excellent, best, most exalted, highly esteemed, highest, supreme; R.3.27;8.27;1.64;16;39; आबद्धप्रचुरपरार्ध्यकिंकिणीकः Śi.8.45.

-4 most costly; Śi.4.11; श्रियं परार्ध्यां विदधद् विधातृभिः Bu. Ch.1.1.

-5 most beautiful or lovely, finest; R.6.4; परस्परस्पर्धिपरार्ध्यरूपाः पौरस्त्रियो यत्र विधाय वेधाः Śi.3.58.

-6 Divine: असावाटीत् सङ्ख्ये परार्ध्यवत् Bk.9.64.

(-र्ध्यम्) 1 a maximum.

-2 an infinite number.

- अवर a.

1 far and near; परावराणां स्रष्टारं पुराणं परमव्ययम् Mb.1.1.23.

-2 earlier and later.

-3 prior and posterior or subsequent.

-4 higher and lower.

-5 traditional; पुनाति पङ्क्तिं वंश्यांश्च सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.1. 15.

-6 all-including; परावरज्ञो$सि परावरस्त्वम् Mb.3.232. 18. (

-रा) descendants.

(-रम्) 1 cause and effect.

-2 the whole extent of an idea.

-3 the universe.

-4 totality. ˚ज्ञ, ˚दृश् a. knowing both the past and the future; परावरज्ञो ब्रह्मर्षिः Mb.1.6.5.

-अवसथ- शायिन् a. sleeping in another's house; H.1.12.

-अहः the next day.

-अह्णः the afternoon, the latter part of the day.

-आगमः attack of an enemy.

-आचित a. fostered or brought up by another. (

-तः) a slave.

-आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit.

-आयत्त a.

1 depend- ent on another, subject, subservient; परायत्तः प्रीतेः कथमिव रसं वेत्तु पुरुषः Mu.3.4.

-2 Wholly subdued or over- whelmed by.

-आयुस् m. an epithet of Brahman; नाहं परायुर्ऋषयो न मरीचिमुख्या जानन्ति यद्विरचितं खलु सत्त्वसर्गाः Bhāg.8.1.12.

-आविद्धः 1 an epithet of Kubera.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-आश्रय a. dependent upon another.

(-यः) 1 dependence upon another.

-2 the retreat of enemies. (

-या) a plant growing on another tree.

-आसङ्गः dependence upon another.

-आस्कन्दिन् m. a thief, robber.

- इतर a.

1 other than inimical; i. e. friendly, kind.

-2 one's own; विधाय रक्षान् परितः परेतरान् Ki.1.14.

-ईशः 1 an epithet of Brahman.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-इष्टिः N. of Brahman.

-इष्टुका a cow which has often calved.

-उत्कर्षः another's prosperity.

-उद्वहः the Indian cuckoo.

-उपकारः doing good to others, benevolence, beneficence, charity; परोपकारः पुण्याय पापाय परपीडनम्.

-उपकारिन् a. benevolent, kind to others.

-उपजापः causing dissension among enemies; परोपजापात् संरक्षेत् प्रधानान् क्षुद्रकान् अपि Kau. A.1.13.

-उपदेशः advising others; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम्.

-उपरुद्ध a. besieged by an enemy.

-उपसर्पणम् approaching another; begging.

-ऊढा another's wife.

-एधित a. fostered or brought up by another.

(-तः) 1 a servant.

-2 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-कर्मन् n. service for another. ˚निरतः a servant.

-कलत्रम् another's wife. ˚अभिगमनम् adultery; वरं क्लैब्यं पुसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् H.1.116.

-कायप्रवेशनम् entering another's body (a supernatural art).

-कारः The deeds of the enemy; राज्ञः समीपे परकारमाह प्रज्ञापनैषा विबि- धोपदिष्टा Kau. A.2.1.

-कार्यम् another's business or work. ˚निरतः

1 a benevolent man.

-2 a slave, servant.

-काल a. relating to a later time, mentioned later.

-कृतिः an example or precedent, a passage descriptive of the doings of men; MS.6.7.26.

-क्रमः doubling the second letter of a conjunction of consonants.

-क्रान्तिः f. inclination of the ecliptic.

-क्षेत्रम् 1 another's body.

-2 another's field; ये$क्षेत्रिणो बीजवन्तः परक्षेत्रप्रवापिणः । ते वै सस्यस्य जातस्य न लभन्ते फलं क्वचित् ॥ Ms.9.49.

-3 another's wife; तौ तु जातौ परक्षेत्रे Ms.3.175.

-गामिन् a.

1 being with another.

-2 relating to another.

-3 beneficial to another.

-गुण a. beneficial to another. (

-णः) the virtue of another; परगुणपरमाणून् पर्वतीकृत्य नित्यम् Bh.2.78.

-ग्रन्थिः joint (as of a finger); an articu- lation.

-ग्लानिः f. subjugation of an enemy; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3.

-चक्रम् 1 the army of an enemy.

-2 invasion by an enemy, one of the six itis q. v.

-3 a hostile prince.

-छन्द a. dependent.

(-दः) 1 the will of another.

-2 dependence. ˚अनुवर्तनम् following the will of another.

-छिद्रम् a weak or vulnerable point of another, a defect in another.

-ज a.

1 stranger.

-2 coming from a foe.

-3 inferior.

-जनः a stranger (opp. स्वजन); शक्तः परजने दाता Ms.11.9.

-जन्मन् n. a future birth.

-जात a.

1 born of another.

-2 dependent on another for livelihood. (

-तः) a servant.

-जित a.

1 conquered by another.

-2 main- tained by another. (

-तः) the (Indian) cuckoo.

-तन्त्र a. dependent on another, dependent, subservient.

-तन्त्रम् (a common group of) subsidiaries belonging to another; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS.12.1.8. (see तन्त्रम्).

-तर्ककः a suppliant, beggar; Dānasāgara, Bib- liotheca Indica, 274, Fascicule 1, p.15; also परतर्कुक.

-तल्पगामिन् m. One who approaches another man's wife.

-तार्थिकः The adherent of another sect.

-दाराः m. (pl.) another's wife; ˚अभिगमनम्, ˚अभिमर्षः Adultery.

-दारिन् m. an adulterer.

-दुःखम् the sorrow or grief of another; विरलः परदुःखदुःखितो जनः; महदपि परदुःखं शीतलं सम्यगाहुः V.4.13.

-देवता the Supreme Being.

-देशः a hostile or foreign country.

-देशिन् m. a foreigner.

-द्रोहिन्, -द्वेषिन् a. hating others, hostile, inimical.

-धनम् another's property.

-धर्मः 1 the religion of another; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35.

-2 another's duty or business.

-3 the duties of another caste; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97.

-ध्यानम् absolute meditation or contemplation; ध्येये मनो निश्चलतां याति ध्येयं विचिन्तयत् । यत् तद् ध्यानं परं प्रोक्तं मुनिभिर्ध्यानचिन्तकैः ॥ Garuḍa P.

-निपातः the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound; i. e. भूतपूर्वः where the sense is पूर्वं भूतः; so राजदन्तः, अग्न्याहितः &c.

-निर्वाणम् the highest निर्वाण; (Buddh.).

-पक्षः the side or party of an enemy.

-पदम् 1 the highest position, eminence.

-2 final beati- tude.

-परिग्रह a. see पराधीन; स्ववीर्यविजये युक्ता नैते पर- परिग्रहाः Mb.7.144.22.

-हः another's property (as wife &c); यथा बीजं न वप्तव्यं पुंसा परपरिग्रहे Ms.9.42-3.

-परिभवः humiliation or injury suffered from others.

-पाकनिवृत्त a. One who does not depend on others for his sustenance and performs the पञ्चयज्ञs faultlessly and takes food in his own house.

-पाकरत a. one who depends upon others for his sustenance but performs the usual ceremonies before cooking; पञ्चयज्ञान् स्वयं कृत्वा परान्नमुपजीवति । सततं प्रातरुत्थाय परपाकरतस्तु सः ॥

-पाकरुचिः having a liking for others' food; परपाकरुचिर्न स्यादनिन्द्या- मन्त्रणादृते Y.1.112.

-पिण्डः another's food, food given by another. ˚अद् a., ˚भक्षक a. one who eats another's food or one who feeds at the cost of another; यादृशो$हं परपिण्डभक्षको भूतः Mk.8.25/26; (-m.) a servant. ˚रत a. feeding upon another's food; परपिण्डरता मनुष्याः Bh.

-पुरञ्जयः a conqueror, hero.

-पुरुषः 1 another man, a stranger.

-2 the Supreme Spirit, Viṣṇu.

-3 the hus- band of another woman.

-पुष्ट a.

1 fed or nourished by another.

-2 Stranger. (

-ष्टः) the (Indian) cuckoo. ˚महोत्सवः the mango tree.

-पुष्टा 1 the (Indian) cuckoo.

-2 a parasitical plant.

-3 a harlot, prostitute.

-पूर्वा a woman who has or had a former husband; Ms.3.166; पतिं हित्वा$पकृष्टं स्वमुत्कृष्टं या निषेवते । निन्द्यैव सा भवेल्लोके परपूर्वेति चोच्यते Ms.5.163.

-प्रतिनप्तृ m. son of the great grand son.

-प्रपौत्रः (see प्रतिनप्तृ).

-प्रेष्यः a servant, menial, slave.

-ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit; cf. लीने परे ब्रह्मणि Bh. परे ब्रह्मणि को$पि न लग्नः Śaṅkara (चर्पटपञ्जरिका 7).

-भागः 1 another's share.

-2 superior merit.

-3 good fortune, prosperity.

-4 (a) excellence, superority, supremacy; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत् पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33;5.34. (b) excess, abundance, height; स्थलकमलगञ्जनं मम हृदय- रञ्जनम् जनितरतिरङ्गपरभागम् Gīt.1; आभाति लब्धपरभागतया- धरोष्ठे R.5.7; Ku.7.17; Ki.5.3;8.42; Śi.7.33; 8.51;1.86;12.15.

-5 the last part, remainder.

-भाव a. loving another.

-भावः the being second member in a compound.

-भाषा a foreign tongue.

-भुक्त a. enjoyed or used by another; परभुक्तां च कान्तां च यो भुङ्क्ते स नराधमः । स पच्यते कालसूत्रे यावच्चन्द्रदिवाकरौ ॥ Brav. P.

-भूत a. following, subsequent (as words).

-भृत् m. a crow (said to nourish the cuckoo).

-भृत a. nourished by another.

-भृतः, -ता the (Indian) cuckoo; (so called because she is nouri- shed by another i. e. by a crow); प्रागन्तरिक्षगमनात्- स्वमपत्यजातमन्यैर्द्विजैः परभृताः खलु पोषयन्ति Ś.5.22; Ku.6.2; R.9.43; Ś.4.1.

-भतम् 1 another's opinion.

-2 dif- ferent opinion or doctrine; heterodoxy.

-मर्मज्ञ a. knowing the secrets of another.

-मृत्युः a crow.

-रमणः a married woman's gallant or paramour; स्वाधीने पररमणे धन्यास्तारुण्यफलभाजः Pt.1.18.

-लोकः the next (or fur- ture) world; परलोकनवप्रवासिनः प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तव Ku. 4.1. ˚गमः, ˚यानम् death. ˚विधि funeral rites; परलोक- विधौ च माधव स्मरमुद्दिश्य (निबपेः सहकारमञ्जरीः) Ku.4.38.

-वश, -वश्य a. subject to another, dependent, depen- dent on others; सर्वं परवशं दुःखं सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम्.

-वाच्यम् a fault or a defect of another; प्रकटान्यपि नैपुणं महत् परवाच्यानि चिराय गोपितुम् Śi.16.3.

-वाणिः 1 a judge.

-2 a year.

-3 N. of the peacock of Kārtikeya.

-वादः 1 rumour, report.

-2 Objection, controversy.

-वादिन् m. a disputant, controversialist.

-वेश्मन् n. the abode of the Supreme Being.

-व्रतः an epithet of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.

-शब्दः a word expressive of something else; परशब्दस्य परत्र वृत्तौ तद्वद् भावो गम्यते ŚB. on MS.7.2.1.

-श्वस् ind. the day after tomorrow.

-संगत a.

1 asso- ciated with another.

-2 fighting with another.

-संज्ञकः the soul.

-सवर्ण a. homogeneous with a following letter (in gram.).

-सात् ind. into the hands of an- other. ˚कृता a woman given in marriage.

-सेवा service of another.

-स्त्री another's wife.

-स्वम् another's pro- perty; व्यावृता यत् परस्वेभ्यः श्रुतौ तस्करता स्थिता R.1.27; Ms.7.123. ˚हरणम् seizing another's property.

-हन् a. killing enemies.

-हित a.

1 benevolent.

-2 profitable to another.

-तम् the welfare of another; सन्तः स्वयं परहिताभिहिताभियोगाः Bh.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पर _para
8 Fessenden, Reginald Aubrey

SUBJECT AREA: Broadcasting, Electronics and information technology, Telecommunications

[br]

b. 6 October 1866 East Bolton, Quebec, Canada

d. 22 July 1932 Bermuda

[br]

Canadian radio pioneer who made the first known broadcast of speech and music.

[br]

After initial education at Trinity College School, Port Hope, Ontario, Fessenden studied at Bishops University, Lennoxville, Quebec. When he graduated in 1885, he became Principal of the Whitney Institute in Bermuda, but he left the following year to go to New York in pursuit of his scientific interests. There he met Edison and eventually became Chief Chemist at the latter's Laboratory in Orange, New Jersey. In 1890 he moved to the Westinghouse Electric and Manufacturing Company, and two years later he returned to an academic career as Professor of Electrical Engineering, initially at Purdue University, Lafayette, Indiana, and then at the Western University of Pennsylvania, where he worked on wireless communication. From 1900 to 1902 he carried out experiments in wireless telegraphy at the US Weather Bureau, filing several patents relating to wire and liquid thermal detectors, or barretters. Following this he set up the National Electric Signalling Company; under his direction, Alexanderson and other engineers at the General Electric Company developed a high-frequency alternator that enabled him to build the first radiotelephony transmitter at Brant Rock, Massachusetts. This made its initial broadcast of speech and music on 24 December 1906, received by ship's wireless operators several hundred miles away. Soon after this the transmitter was successfully used for two-way wireless telegraphy communication with Scotland. Following this landmark event, Fessenden produced numerous inventions, including a radio compass, an acoustic depth-finder and several submarine signalling devices, a turboelectric drive for battleships and, notably, in 1912 the heterodyne principle used in radio receivers to convert signals to a lower (intermediate) frequency.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Medal of Honour 1921.

Bibliography

US patents relating to barretters include nos. 706,740, 706,742 and 706,744 (wire, 1902) and 731,029 (liquid, 1903). His invention of the heterodyne was filed as US patent no. 1,050,441 (1913).

Further Reading

Helen M.Fessenden, 1940, Fessenden. Builder of Tomorrow. E.Hawkes, 1927, Pioneers of Wireless, London: Methuen. O.E.Dunlop, 1944, Radio's 100 Men of Science.

KF

Biographical history of technology > Fessenden, Reginald Aubrey
9 sobre

prep.

1 on, above, on top of, onto.

Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...

2 on, about, over, referring to.

3 on.

Un libro sobre el cáncer de pulmón A book on lung cancer...

m.

envelope.

pres.subj.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: sobrar.

* * *

sobre

► preposición

1 (encima) on, upon, on top of

■ sobre de la mesa on the table

2 (por encima) over, above

■ volamos sobre la ciudad we're flying over the town

3 (acerca de) about, on

■ el primer capítulo trata sobre los derechos humanos chapter one is about human rights

4 (alrededor de) about, around

■ vendré sobre las dos I'll come about two

5 (superioridad en rango) over

6 figurado (indica reiteración) upon, after

■ mentira sobre mentira lie after lie

► nombre masculino

1 (de correo) envelope

2 (de sopa etc) packet

3 familiar figurado (cama) bed

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

irse al sobre familiar to hit the sack

sobre manera exceedingly

sobre todo above all, especially

* * *
1. noun m.
1) envelope

2) packet
2. prep.
1) on, upon, on top of

2) over

3) about

•

- sobre todo

* * *
I
SM

1) [para cartas] envelope

sobre de paga, sobre de pago — pay packet

sobre de primer día (de circulación) — first-day cover

sobre de sellos — packet of stamps

2) ** (=cama) bed

meterse en el sobre — to hit the sack *, hit the hay *

3) LAm (=cartera) handbag
II
PREP

1) (=encima de) on

está sobre la mesa — it's on the table

un puente sobre el río Ebro — a bridge across o over the river Ebro

prestar juramento sobre la Biblia — to swear on the Bible

la marcha sobre Roma — the march on Rome

llevaba una chaqueta negra sobre camisa blanca — he wore a black jacket over a white shirt

varios policías se abalanzaron sobre él — several policemen jumped on o fell upon him

los insultos llovían sobre mí de todas partes — insults rained down on me from all sides

la responsabilidad que recae sobre sus hombros — the responsibility which rests on o upon his shoulders

- estar sobre algn

tengo que estar sobre él para que lo haga — I have to stand over him to make him do it, I have to keep a constant watch over him to make sure he does it

quiere estar sobre todos — he wants to control everyone

2) (=por encima de)

a) [+ lugar] over

volamos sobre Cádiz — we're flying over Cadiz

se inclinó sobre la mesa — she leant over the table

b) [con cantidades] above

500 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 500 metres o (EEUU) meters above sea level

dos grados sobre cero — two degrees above cero

diez dólares sobre lo estipulado — ten dollars over and above what was agreed

3) [indicando superioridad] over

tiene muchas ventajas sobre los métodos convencionales — it has many advantages over conventional methods

están celebrando su victoria sobre el Atlético — they're celebrating their victory over Atlético

amaba la belleza sobre todas las cosas — he loved beauty above all things

4) [indicando proporción] out of, in

tres sobre cien — three out of every hundred, three in a hundred

cuatro personas sobre diez no votarían — four out of ten people would not vote, four in every ten people would not vote

una puntuación de tres sobre cinco — three (marks) out of five

5) (Econ) on

un préstamo sobre una propiedad — a loan on a property

un aumento sobre el año pasado — an increase on o over last year

un impuesto sobre algo — a tax on sth

6) (=aproximadamente) about

sobre las seis — at about six o'clock

ocupa sobre 20 páginas — it fills about 20 pages, it occupies roughly 20 pages

7) (=acerca de) about, on

un libro sobre Tirso — a book about o on Tirso

información sobre vuelos — information about flights

hablar sobre algo — to talk about sth

8) (=además de) in addition to, on top of

sobre todas mis obligaciones ahora tengo una nueva — on top of all my duties I now have a new one

9)

sobre todo — (=en primer lugar) above all; (=especialmente) especially

sobre todo, no perdamos la calma — above all, let's keep calm

sobre todo me gusta este — I especially like this one

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Corresp) envelope

sobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope

b) ( envase)

un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)

2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bag
II
preposición

1) ( indicando posición)

a) ( con contacto)

lo dejé sobre la mesa — I left it on the table

los puso uno sobre otro — she placed them one on top of the other

letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background

prestar juramento sobre la Biblia — to swear on the Bible

se abalanzaron sobre él — they leapt on him

estamos sobre su pista — we're on their trail

b) ( sin contacto) over

en el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table

4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level

estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody

c) ( alrededor de) on

gira sobre su eje — it spins on its axis

2) ( en relaciones de jerarquía)

su victoria sobre el equipo local — their victory over the local team

amar a Dios sobre todas las cosas — to love God above all else

3)

a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) on

su influencia sobre él — her influence on him

una opereta sobre libreto de Sierra — an operetta with libretto by Sierra

b) (Com, Fin) on

un incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices

la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa — the mortgage on the house

4) ( acerca de) on

legislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes

escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...

5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)

sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos

6)

sobre todo — above all

* * *
I
masculino

1)

a) (Corresp) envelope

sobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea — airmail envelope

b) ( envase)

un sobre de sopa — a package of soup (AmE), a packet of soup (BrE)

2) (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bag
II
preposición

1) ( indicando posición)

a) ( con contacto)

lo dejé sobre la mesa — I left it on the table

los puso uno sobre otro — she placed them one on top of the other

letras en azul sobre (un) fondo blanco — blue letters on o upon a white background

prestar juramento sobre la Biblia — to swear on the Bible

se abalanzaron sobre él — they leapt on him

estamos sobre su pista — we're on their trail

b) ( sin contacto) over

en el techo justo sobre la mesa — on the ceiling right above o over the table

4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar — 4,000 meters above sea level

estar sobre alguien — ( vigilar) to check up on somebody

c) ( alrededor de) on

gira sobre su eje — it spins on its axis

2) ( en relaciones de jerarquía)

su victoria sobre el equipo local — their victory over the local team

amar a Dios sobre todas las cosas — to love God above all else

3)

a) (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) on

su influencia sobre él — her influence on him

una opereta sobre libreto de Sierra — an operetta with libretto by Sierra

b) (Com, Fin) on

un incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado — an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices

la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa — the mortgage on the house

4) ( acerca de) on

legislación sobre impuestos — tax legislation, legislation on taxes

escribió sobre el espinoso tema de... — she wrote on o about the thorny topic of...

5) (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE)

sobre unos 70 kilos — around o about 70 kilos

6)

sobre todo — above all

* * *

sobre¹

¹ = envelope.

Ex: A jacket or sleeve is a protective envelope for a sound disc, made of cardboard or paper.

* licencia en sobre hermético = shrink-wrap licence [shrinkwrap licence], shrink-wrapped licence [shrinkwrapped licence].

* poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.

* sobre acolchado = jiffy bag.

* sobre acolchado con burbujas de plástico = bubble bag.

* sobre para el control del préstamo = slip holder pocket.

* sopa de sobre = instant soup, packet soup.

sobre²

= about, on, on top of, onto, over, surrounding, the way in which, upon, atop.

Ex: His report contains sufficient information about a set of events and the people involved to allow for careful, systematic investigation.

Ex: Efforts are being made in the direction of an international consensus on the definition and treatment of corporate authorship.

Ex: Cards are superimposed, one on top of another, and carefully aligned.

Ex: When one is in place, the depression of a lever causes it to be photographed onto the next blank space.

Ex: The conventional name of a government is the geographic name of the area over which the government has jurisdiction.

Ex: This section, then, will review the basic problems surrounding the choice of form of headings for persons.

Ex: Recommendations relating to analytical cataloguing practices concern themselves primarily with the way in which the part of a document or work to be accessed is described.

Ex: Taube's original system relied upon 'uniterms' or one concept terms.

Ex: In Paris, the liberty cap atop the pike became an important icon aimed against the fading tyranny of the ancien regime.

* sobre ascuas = in suspense.

* sobre base de arena = sand-based.

* sobre + Cantidad = around + Cantidad.

* sobre disco = ondisc.

* sobre el automóvil = automotive.

* sobre ello = thereupon [thereon].

* sobre el papel = in intent, nominally.

* sobre el que se están haciendo averiguaciones = under investigation.

* sobre el terreno = on the ground.

* sobre esta base = on this basis, on that basis.

* a partir de esto = on that basis.

* sobre forro de tela = cloth-backed.

* sobre la base de = in relation to, on the usual basis.

* sobre la comedia = comedic.

* sobre la marcha = on-the-fly, off the top of + Posesivo + head, right off the bat, spur-of-the-moment, on the spur of the moment, while-you-wait [while-u-wait], straight away, as you go, right away, at once.

* sobre la superficie = above ground.

* sobre la tierra = on earth, on the face of the earth, on the ground.

* sobre los glaciares = glaciological.

* sobre museos = museum-based.

* sobre ruedas = on wheels, roll-out, without a hitch.

* sobre suelo firme = on firm footing.

* sobre todas las cosas = above all things.

* sobre todo = above all, above everything else, overwhelmingly, in particular, above all things.

* Verbo + sobre todo = Verbo + the most.

* y sobre todo = and worst of all.

* * *

sobre¹

masculine

A

1 ( Corresp) envelope

sobre aéreo or (de) vía aérea airmail envelope

sobre de ventanilla window envelope

2

(envase): un sobre de sopa a package of soup ( AmE), a packet of soup ( BrE)

un sobre or sobrecito de vitamina C a pack of Vitamin C ( AmE), a sachet of Vitamin C ( BrE)

B ( arg)

(cama): el sobre the sack ( colloq)

irse al sobre to hit the sack o the hay ( colloq)

C ( AmL) (cartera) clutch bag

sobre²

prep

A (indicando posición)

1

(cuando hay contacto): lo dejé sobre la mesa I left it on the table

los fue poniendo uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the other

vestía chaqueta a or de cuadros sobre una camisa blanca he wore a checked jacket over a white shirt

letras en azul sobre un fondo blanco blue letters on o upon a white background

la lluvia que cayó sobre Quito the rain that fell on Quito

prestar juramento sobre los Santos Evangelios to swear on the Holy Bible

la población está sobre el Paraná the town is on the Paraná river

se abalanzaron sobre él they leapt on him

estamos sobre su pista we're on their trail

2 (cuando no hay contacto) over

volaremos sobre Santiago we shall be flying over Santiago

se inclinó sobre su lecho de enfermo she leaned o bent over his sick bed

en el techo justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table

4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea level

estar sobre algn to check up on sb

está constantemente sobre ella para que estudie he has to keep checking up on her to make sure she studies

3 (alrededor de) on

gira sobre su eje it spins on its axis

4 ( Mat):

^X/y (en ecuaciones) (read as: x sobre y) ^X/y (léase: x over y)

¹⁸/20 (calificación) (read as: 18 sobre 20) ¹⁸/20 (léase: 18 out of 20)

B

(en relaciones de jerarquía): sobre estos representantes tenemos al jefe de zona above these representatives we have the area head

su victoria sobre el equipo local their victory over the local team

amar a Dios sobre todas las cosas love God above all else

C

1 (en relaciones de efecto, derivación, etc) on

han tenido mucha influencia sobre él they have had a great influence on him

una opereta sobre libreto de Sierra an operetta with libretto by Sierra

2 ( Com, Fin) on

un nuevo impuesto sobre las importaciones a new tax on imports

un incremento del 11% sobre los precios del año pasado an increase of 11% on o over last year's prices

la hipoteca que pesa sobre la casa the mortgage on the house

prestan dinero sobre alhajas they lend money on jewelry

cheque sobre Buenos Aires check payable in Buenos Aires

cheque girado sobre el Banco de Córdoba check drawn on the Banco de Córdoba

D (acerca de) on

legislación sobre impuestos tax legislation, legislation on taxes

existen muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on the subject

escribió sobre el espinoso tema de … she wrote on o about the thorny topic of …

E

1

(próximo a): el ejército está sobre la ciudad the army is at the gates of the city

llegué muy sobre la hora ( AmS); I only arrived a short time beforehand

2 ( Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about ( BrE)

debe pesar sobre los 70 kilos he must weigh around o about 70 kilos

F

sobre todo above all

tuvo mucho éxito, sobre todo entre la juventud it was very successful, above all o particularly o especially among young people

aumentan las presiones políticas, sociales y, sobre todo, económicas the political, social and, above all, economic pressures are growing

* * *

Del verbo sobrar: ( conjugate sobrar)

sobré es:

1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

sobre es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
sobrar
sobre
sobre-
sobrar ( conjugate sobrar) verbo intransitivo
a) (quedar, restar):

◊ sobró mucha comida there was a lot of food left over;

¿te ha sobrado dinero? do you have any money left?
b) ( estar de más):

◊ ya veo que sobro aquí I can see I'm not wanted/needed here;

a mí no me sobra el dinero I don't have money to throw around (colloq);
sobra un cubierto there's an extra place
sobre sustantivo masculino
1 (Corresp) envelope
2 (AmL) ( cartera) clutch bag
■ preposición
1 ( indicando posición)
a) ( encima de) on;

◊ lo dejé sobre la mesa I left it on the table;

los puso uno sobre otro she placed them one on top of the other;
estamos sobre su pista we're on their trail
b) ( por encima de) over;

◊ volamos sobre Lima we flew over Lima;

en el techo, justo sobre la mesa on the ceiling right above o over the table;
4.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 4,000 meters above sea level
c) ( alrededor de) on;

◊ gira sobre su eje it spins on its axis

2 ( en relaciones de jerarquía):
◊ amar a Dios sobre todas las cosas to love God above all else

3 ( acerca de) on;
◊ hay muchos libros sobre el tema there are many books on o about the subject

4 (Esp) (con cantidades, fechas, horas) around, about (BrE);
◊ sobre unos 70 kilos around o about 70 kilos

5
◊ sobre todo above all

sobrar verbo intransitivo
1 (quedar) to be left (over): si sobra tela hago un cojín, if there's any fabric left, I'll make a cushion
2 (haber en exceso) to be more than enough: nos sobra espacio para ponerlo, we have plenty of room to put it
3 (estar de más, ser innecesario) su marido sobraba en aquella reunión, her husband wasn't wanted at that meeting
sobran las disculpas, there is no need for you to apologize
sobre 1 sustantivo masculino
1 (para meter papeles, cartas) envelope
2 (para sopa) packet
(para medicina, etc) sachet
3 fam hum bed
ir al sobre, to go to bed
sobre 2 preposición
1 (encima de) on, upon, on top of: se puso un chal sobre los hombros, she put a shawl over her shoulders
toda la responsabilidad recae sobre él, the entire responsibility falls on him
2 (por encima) over, above
3 (en torno a, hacia) about: llamaron sobre las seis, they phoned at about six o'clock
4 (a propósito de) about, on: hablaremos sobre ello, we'll talk about it
un libro sobre Napoleón, a book on Napoleón
5 (además de) upon
6 (para indicar el objeto de la acción) ejerce mucha influencia sobre él, he has a lot of influence on him
♦ Locuciones: sobre todo, above all
sobre- pref super-, over-
' sobre' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abalanzarse
- abatirse
- absoluta
- absoluto
- acometer
- acumularse
- advertir
- alertar
- antediluviana
- antediluviano
- ascendiente
- ascua
- aviso
- cábala
- caballería
- carta
- cerrar
- charla
- conferencia
- conversar
- copete
- curso
- dato
- derramar
- descargar
- desconocimiento
- deslizarse
- dictaminar
- discusión
- discutir
- disertar
- dispar
- disputar
- documentación
- documentarse
- elevarse
- en
- encima
- encogerse
- entrañas
- especialmente
- estabilizador
- estabilizadora
- estándar
- estimativa
- estimativo
- eurócrata
- extendida
- extendido
- fantasma
English:
about
- above
- act on
- aerial
- alive
- all
- array
- article
- assert
- background
- balance
- basis
- bear down on
- bob
- brain
- bridge
- call
- capital gains tax
- card
- cast
- chiefly
- client
- comfortably
- concise
- confer
- consult
- contention
- converse
- credit bureau
- dab
- dark
- deal with
- debate
- deduction
- definition
- deliberate
- denunciation
- develop
- diary
- differ
- discuss
- dispute
- disseminate
- dissertation
- dive
- double back
- dubious
- enclose
- enclosure
- enlarge

* * *

sobre¹ nm

1. [para cartas] envelope

2. [para alimentos, medicamentos] sachet, packet

3. Fam [cama]
irse al sobre to hit the sack

4. Am [bolsa] clutch bag

5. Urug sobre de dormir sleeping bag

sobre²

♦ prep

1. [encima de] on (top of);

el libro está sobre la mesa the book is on (top of) the table;

aún hay nieve sobre las montañas there's still snow on the mountains;

fui apilando las tejas una sobre otra I piled the tiles up one on top of the other;

una cruz roja sobre fondo blanco a red cross on o against a white background;

varios policías saltaron sobre él several policemen fell upon him;

seguimos sobre su pista we're still on her trail;

Comp
Andes, RP
sobre la hora: ¿tomamos algo antes de que subas al tren? – imposible, ya estoy sobre la hora shall we have a bite to eat before you catch the train? – I can't, I'm already tight for time;

llegamos muy sobre la hora we arrived with very little time to spare

2. [por encima de] over, above;

el puente sobre la bahía the bridge across o over the bay;

en estos momentos volamos sobre la isla de Pascua we are currently flying over Easter Island;

la catedral destaca sobre los demás edificios the cathedral stands out over o above the other buildings;

a 3.000 metros sobre el nivel del mar 3,000 metres above sea level

3. [en torno a] on;

la Tierra gira sobre sí misma the Earth revolves on its own axis

4. [indica superioridad]
su opinión está sobre las de los demás his opinion is more important than that of the others;

una victoria sobre alguien a win over sb

5. [indica relación, contraste, efecto]
el impuesto sobre la renta income tax;

tiene muchas ventajas sobre el antiguo modelo it has a lot of advantages over the old model;

su efecto sobre la quemadura es inmediato its effect on the burn is immediate;

no tienen influencia sobre ellos they have no influence over them

6. [acerca de] about, on;

discuten sobre política they are arguing about politics;

un libro sobre el amor a book about o on love;

una conferencia sobre el desarme a conference on disarmament

7. [aproximadamente] about;

llegarán sobre las diez/sobre el jueves they'll arrive at about ten o'clock/around Thursday;

tiene sobre los veinte años she's about twenty;

los solicitantes deben de ser sobre dos mil there must be about two thousand applicants

8. [indica acumulación] upon;

nos contó mentira sobre mentira he told us lie upon lie o one lie after another

9. [indica inminencia] upon;

la desgracia estaba ya sobre nosotros the disaster was already upon us

♦ sobre todo loc adv

above all;

afectó sobre todo a la industria turística it particularly affected the tourist industry;

y, sobre todo, no le digas nada a ella and, above all, don't say anything to her

* * *

sobre

I m envelope;

sopa de sobre packet soup

II prp

1 on;

sobre la mesa on the table

2 ( acerca de)

:

sobre esto about this

3 ( alrededor de)

:

sobre las tres around three o’clock

4

:

sobre todo above all, especially

* * *

sobre nm

1) : envelope

2) : packet

un sobre de sazón: a packet of seasoning

sobre prep

1) : on, on top of

sobre la mesa: on the table

2) : over, above

3) : about

¿tiene libros sobre Bolivia?: do you have books on Bolivia?

4)

sobre todo : especially, above all

* * *

sobre¹ n

1. (para carta) envelope

compré un sobre para enviar la carta I bought an envelope to send the letter

2. (envoltorio) packet

sopa de sobre packet soup

3. (envoltorio pequeño) sachet

pásame otro sobre de azúcar pass me another sachet of sugar

sobre² prep

1. (encima de) on

el jarrón está sobre la mesa the jug is on the table

2. (por encima de) over

el helicóptero volaba sobre la ciudad the helicopter flew over the city

3. (acerca de, alrededor de) about

llegaré sobre las once I'll get there at about eleven o'clock

el libro trata sobre los gatos the book is about cats

sobre todo above all / especially

Spanish-English dictionary > sobre
10 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
11 decir

v.

1 to say.

decir que sí/no to say yes/no

dice que no viene she says (that) she is not coming

¿cómo se dice “estación” en inglés? how do you say “estación” in English?

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer

Ella dijo la razón She said the reason.

Ella dijo incongruencias She said=uttered inconsistencies.

Esa historia dice algo cierto That story says something that is true.

2 to tell.

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell somebody to do something

decir la verdad to tell the truth

Decirle la verdad a Ricardo To tell the truth to Richard= To tell Richard the truth.

Le dije I told him.

3 to recite, to read.

4 to tell, to show.

eso lo dice todo that says it all

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for

5 to call.

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

6 to say to.

Ella había dicho hacer eso She had said to do that.

7 to say about.

Ese estudio dice mil años That study says about one thousand years.

* * *

DECIR

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

digo, dices, dice, decimos, decís, dicen.

Past Indicative

dije, dijiste, dijo, dijimos, dijisteis, dijeron.

Future Indicative

diré, dirás, dirá, diremos, diréis, dirán.

Conditional

diría, dirías, diría, diríamos, diríais, dirían.

Present Subjunctive

diga, digas, diga, digamos, digáis, digan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

dijera, dijeras, dijera, dijéramos, dijerais, dijeran;

dijese, dijeses, dijese, dijésemos, dijeseis, dijesen.

Future Subjunctive

dijere, dijeres, dijere, dijéremos, dijereis, dijeren.

Imperative

di (tú), diga (él/Vd.), digamos (nos.), decid (vos.), digan (ellos/Vds.).

Past Participle

dicho,-a.

* * *

verb

1) to say

2) tell

3) speak

•

- decirse

* * *
DECIR ¿"Say" o "tell"? Decir se puede traducir por say o por tell. Por regla general, say simplemente {dice} y tell {informa} u {ordena hacer algo}. ► Decir generalmente se traduce por say en estilo directo. Normalmente no lleva un complemento de persona pero si se menciona a quién se está dirigiendo el hablante, el complemento de persona tiene que ir precedido por la preposición to: "Ya son las tres", dije "It's already three o'clock," I said "¡Qué tiempo más malo!" Eso fue lo único que me dijo "What awful weather!" That's all he said to me ► En estilo indirecto, decir se puede traducir por say cuando simplemente se cuenta lo que alguien ha dicho. Si say lleva complemento de persona, este se coloca después del complemento directo: Dijo que se tenía que marchar He said he had to leave Me dijo algo que no entendí He said something to me that I didn't understand ► Decir se traduce por tell cuando se {informa} o se {ordena hacer algo}. Suele llevar un objeto de persona sin la preposición to: Me dijo que tenía una entrevista de trabajo He told me he had a job interview ¡Te he dicho que no lo toques! I told you not to touch it! ► Hay algunos usos idiomáticos en los que decir se traduce por tell aunque no lleva complemento de persona. Por ejemplo: to tell the truth (decir la verdad) y to tell a lie (decir una mentira). Otros verbos ► Si decir va acompañado de un calificativo en español, a menudo se puede traducir al inglés por otros verbos que no sean say o tell: "Lo he perdido todo", dijo entre sollozos "I've lost everything," she sobbed Dijo con voz ronca algo sobre necesitar un médico He croaked something about needing a doctor Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada Para otras expresiones con el participio, ver dicho.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO

1) (=afirmar) to say

ya sabe decir varias palabras — she can already say several words, she already knows several words

- tengo prisa -dijo — "I'm in a hurry," she said

viene y dice: -estás despedido — * he goes, "you're fired" *

olvídalo, no he dicho nada — forget I said anything

¿decía usted? — you were saying?

• [como] dicen los madrileños — as they say in Madrid

como decía mi abuela — as my grandmother used to say

como iba diciendo... — as I was saying...

¿cómo ha dicho usted? — pardon?, what did you say?

• decir para {o} entre [sí] — to say to o.s.
decir que to say (that)
mi amigo dice que eres muy guapa — my friend says (that) you're very pretty

dicen que... — they say (that)..., people say (that)...

el cartel dice claramente que... — the sign says clearly {o} clearly states that...

decir que sí/no — to say yes/no

-¿viene? -dice que sí — "is she coming?" - "she says she is {o} she says so"

la miré y me dijo que sí/no con la cabeza — I looked at her and she nodded/shook her head
adiós 2.
2) decir algo a algn to tell sb sth

¿quién te lo dijo? — who told you?

se lo dije bien claro, pero no me hizo caso — I told her quite clearly, but she didn't take any notice of me

tengo algo que decirte — there's something I want to tell you, I've got something to tell you

hoy nos dicen las notas — they're telling {o} giving us our results today
decir a algn que ({+ indic}) to tell sb (that)
me dijo que no vendría — he told me (that) he wouldn't come

ya te dije que no tiene ni idea — I told you he hasn't got a clue

¿no te digo que no puedo ir? — I've already told you I can't go
decir a algn que ({+ subjun}) (=ordenar) to tell sb to ({+ infin}); (=pedir) to ask sb to ({+ infin})
la profesora me dijo que esperara fuera — the teacher told me to wait outside

le dije que fuera más tarde — I told her to go later

dile que venga a cenar mañana con nosotros — ask him to come and have supper with us tomorrow

te digo que te calles — I said shut up

3) (=contar) [+ mentiras, verdad, secreto] to tell

decir tonterías — to talk nonsense
verdad 1)
4) (=llamar) to call

¿cómo le dicen a esto en Perú? — what do they call this in Peru?

se llama Francisco, pero le dicen Paco — his name is Francisco, but he's known as Paco

le dicen "el torero" — he's known as "el torero"

en México se le dice "recámara" al dormitorio — in Mexico they say "recámara" instead of "dormitorio"

• me dijo de [todo] — he called me all the names under the sun

5) (=opinar) to say

podemos ir a Portugal, ¿tú qué dices? — we could go to Portugal, what do you say?

¿tu familia qué dice de la boda? — what does your family say about the wedding?

6) [rectificando]

había 8, digo 9 — there were 8, I mean 9

dirá usted aquel otro — you must mean that other one

¡qué digo! — what am I saying?

7) [texto] to say

no puedo leer lo que dice — I can't read what it says

no me dice nada este libro — this book leaves me cold

• como dice el [refrán]... — as the saying goes...

8) [+ misa] to say

9) [locuciones en indicativo]

digo... — Méx well, er...

mis súbditos se presentarán ante mí ¡he dicho! — my subjects shall appear before me: I have spoken!

• y dice [bien] — and he is quite right

• [como quien] dice — (=de alguna manera) so to speak; (=aproximadamente) in a way, more or less

aunque no es el director es, como quien dice, el que manda en la empresa — although he isn't the manager, he's the person in charge, so to speak, of the company

está, como quien dice, aquí al lado — it's just round the corner, as they say

como quien no dice nada — quite casually, as though it wasn't important

• [lo mismo] digo — likewise

- gracias por todo -lo mismo digo — "thank you for everything" - "likewise!" {o} "thanks to you too!"

• pero dice [mal] — but he is wrong

• pues si esto te parece mucha gente, no te digo [nada] en verano — if you think this is a lot of people, you should see it in summer

• no lo digo [por] ti — I'm not referring to you, I'm not getting at you

• sí, [porque tú] lo digas — yes, sir, aye, aye, captain! iró

• ¿[qué me] dices? — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• [si tú] lo dices — if you say so

• eso digo [yo] — that's (just) what I say

deberías buscar trabajo, vamos, digo yo — you ought to look for a job, that's what I say, if you ask me, you ought to look for a job

¡si te lo digo yo! — of course it's true!

¡lo digo yo y basta! — you will do it because I say so!

• ¡[y que] lo digas! — you can say that again!

- decir digo donde dijo Diego

- no dijo ni pío

- dime con quien andas y te diré quien eres

10) [locuciones en infinitivo]

• [dar] que decir (a la gente) — to make people talk, set tongues wagging

• [es] decir — that is (to say)

mi prima, es decir, la hija de Ana — my cousin, that is (to say) Ana's daughter

• [ir] a decir, ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

• es [mucho] decir — that's saying something

• [ni que] decir tiene que... — it goes without saying that...

• [no hay más] que decir — there's nothing more to say

• para decirlo con otras [palabras] — to put it another way, in other words

• decir [por] decir — to talk for talking's sake

• [por así] decirlo — so to speak

• [querer] decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir "spatha"? — what does "spatha" mean?

¿qué quiere usted decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿querrás decir un millón, no un billón? — do you mean a million rather than a billion?

• [ya es] decir — that's saying something

les ha costado más cara que mi casa, y eso ya es decir — it cost them more than my house did, and that's saying something

11) [locuciones en subjuntivo, imperativo]

no es que yo lo diga, pero... — it's not because I say so, but...

es, digamos, un comerciante — he's a dealer, for want of a better word, he's a sort of dealer

¡haberlo dicho!, ¡me lo hubieras dicho! — you could have told me {o} said!

• digámoslo [así] — so to speak, for want of a better word

• digan [lo que] digan — whatever they say

• y [no] digamos... — not to mention...

y su madre, no digamos — not to mention his mother

• no es muy guapa [que] digamos — she's not what you'd call pretty, she's not exactly pretty

no estuvo muy cortés, que digamos — he wasn't what you'd call polite, he wasn't exactly polite

• ¡[no me] digas! — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

• ¿qué [quieres] que te diga? — what can I say?

12) [locuciones en condicional]

¿cómo (lo) diría yo? — how shall I put it?

¿cómo diríamos? — how shall I put it?

¡quién lo diría! — would you believe it!, who would have thought it!

13) el qué dirán

pero no quiso por el qué dirán — but she didn't want to because of what people might say

se preocupa mucho por el qué dirán — she's always worried about what people will say {o} think

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) [invitando a hablar]

-¿te puedo pedir un favor? -dime — "can I ask you a favour?" - "go ahead"

¿diga?, ¿dígame? — [al teléfono] hello?

usted dirá — [invitando a hablar] go ahead; [sirviendo bebida] say when; [en tienda] can I help you?

-¿te gustaría cambiar de coche? -¡hombre, ya me dirás! — "would you like a new car?" - "you bet I would!"

2) (=indicar)

su nombre no me dice nada — her name doesn't mean anything to me

su mirada lo dice todo — her expression says it all {o} speaks volumes

• eso dice mucho [de] su personalidad — that says a lot about her personality

una situación que tan mal dice de nuestro gobierno — a situation which shows our government in such a bad light

3.

See:

decirse

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex. 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex. As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex. This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex. In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex. Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex. It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex. 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex. 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex. The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex. 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex. As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

----

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *
I
masculino

¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
II 1.
verbo transitivo

1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2]

ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces — don't talk nonsense!

¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

no lo dirás en serio! — you can't be serious!

dijo que sí con la cabeza — he nodded

dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

eso no se dice! — you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

haberlo dicho antes — why didn't you say so before?

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan — whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

2)

decirle algo a alguien — to tell somebody something

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí — that's not what he told me

¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá — I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado — they're going to give us the result today

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano — Andrés told me about your brother

a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

ya te lo decía yo! — I told you so!

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

no me digas que no es precioso! — isn't it beautiful?

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres — you can judge a man by the company he keeps

3)

a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

porque lo digo yo! — because I say so!

harás lo que yo diga — you'll do as I say

papá dice que vayas — Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues — she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado — she said to be careful

decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

diles que empiecen — tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera — I told him not to do it

b)

decir adiós — to say goodbye

decirle adiós a alguien — to say goodbye to somebody

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante — you'd better say goodbye to your student days

4) ( por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto — there's nothing in the paper about it

5) ( llamar) to call

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo — her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

6) (sugerir, comunicar)

la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá — time will tell

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil — something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

7)

decir misa — to say mass

8)

querer decir — to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

9) (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

10) (en locs)

a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice — so to speak

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
2.
decir vi

a) ( invitando a hablar)

papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)

¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
3.
decirse v pron

a) (refl) to say... to oneself

b) (recípr) to say.... to each other

se decían secretos al oído — they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo — they called each other every name under the sun

c) (enf)

yo sé lo que me digo — I know what I'm talking about

tú te lo dices todo — you seem to have all the answers

* * *

= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

Ex: 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

Ex: As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.

Ex: This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....

Ex: In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.

Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.

Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.

Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.

Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.

Ex: Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.

Ex: It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.

Ex: 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.

Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.

Ex: 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.

Ex: The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.

Ex: 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.

Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.

Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.

* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.

* a decir de todos = by all accounts.

* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.

* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....

* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.

* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.

* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.

* aventurarse a decir = venture.

* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.

* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.

* continuar diciendo = go on.

* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.

* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.

* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).

* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.

* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.

* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.

* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.

* decir Algo = break + the news.

* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.

* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.

* decir bolas = fib.

* decir bromeando = quip.

* decir chorradas = bullshit.

* decir con desdén = sneer.

* decir con desprecio = sneer.

* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.

* decir con mal humor = spit out.

* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.

* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir en confianza = confide.

* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.

* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.

* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.

* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.

* decir + esperar = express + hope.

* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir humorísticamente = quip.

* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.

* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.

* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.

* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.

* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.

* decirlo = come out with + it.

* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.

* decir mentirijillas = fib.

* decir mentirillas = fib.

* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.

* decir pamplinas = bullshit.

* decir + poseer = claim.

* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.

* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.

* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.

* decir resoplando = snort.

* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.

* decirse que = be reputed to.

* decir suspirando = sigh.

* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.

* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.

* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.

* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.

* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.

* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.

* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.

* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.

* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.

* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.

* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.

* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.

* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.

* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.

* huelga decir = needless to say.

* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.

* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.

* me atrevo a decir = may I say.

* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.

* no decir nada = keep + quiet.

* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.

* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.

* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.

* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.

* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.

* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.

* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.

* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.

* para decir la verdad = to be honest.

* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.

* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.

* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.

* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.

* por no decir nunca = if ever.

* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.

* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.

* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.

* qué me dices de... = what about....

* querer decir = mean.

* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....

* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....

* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.

* se decía que = rumour had it that.

* se dice = so the story goes.

* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.

* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.

* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.

* sin decir nada = dumbly.

* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.

* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.

* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

* * *

decir¹

masculine

1

(manera de expresarse): en el decir popular in popular speech

¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, it's just a manner of speaking o a figure of speech

supongamos, es un decir, que … let's assume, just for the sake of argument, that …

al decir de la gente, el clima está cambiando people say the climate is changing

2 decires mpl (dichos) sayings (pl); (rumores) talk

no son más que decires it's just talk

decir² [ I24 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ decir (verbo transitivo)

A decir: palabra, mentira etc

B decirle algo a alguien

C

1 transmitiendo órdenes, deseos etc

2 decir adiós

D por escrito

E llamar

F sugerir, comunicar

G decir misa

H

1 querer decir

2 digo (al rectificar)

I opinar, pensar

J en locuciones

■ decir (verbo intransitivo)

A

1 invitando a hablar

2 al contestar el teléfono

B decir bien/mal de

■ decirse (verbo pronominal)

1 reflexivo

2 recíproco

3 para enfatizar

vt

A ‹palabra/frase› to say; ‹mentira/verdad› to tell; ‹poema› to say, recite; ‹oración› to say

[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2] ya dice `mamá' he says ‘mama’ now

no digas esas cosas, por favor please don't say things like that

no digas estupideces/barbaridades don't talk nonsense o ( AmE) garbage o ( BrE) rubbish

¿cómo pudiste decir semejante disparate? how could you say such a stupid thing o make such a stupid comment?

no me dejó decir ni una palabra he didn't let me get a word in edgeways

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?

no sé qué decir … un millón de gracias I don't know what to say … thank you very much indeed

¡qué callado estás! ¡no dices nada! you're very quiet, you've hardly said a word!

¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!

¡no irás a decir que no lo sabías! don't try and tell me you didn't know!

dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded

—no puedo hacer nada —dijo Juan there is nothing I can do, said Juan o Juan said

como dice el refrán/mi abuela as the saying goes/as my grandmother says

lo dijeron por la radio they said it o it was announced on the radio

no eran ricos, digamos que vivían bien I don't mean they were rich, let's just say they lived well

dicen que de joven fue muy guapa they say she was very beautiful when she was young

dicen que es el hombre más rico del país he is said to be the richest man in the country

¿qué se dice? — gracias/por favor what do you say? — thank you/please

no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!

¿cómo se dice `te quiero' en ruso? how do you say `I love you' in Russian?, what's the Russian for `I love you'?

bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es she's not what you would call pretty

estoy harta, lo que se dice harta ¿me oyes? I'm fed up, absolutely fed up, do you hear?

eso se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil that's easier said than done

palatal: dícese del sonido cuya articulación … palatal: of, relating to or denoting a sound articulated …

es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado it's on Saturday; you're invited, of course, but that goes without saying o but I don't need to tell you that

haberlo dicho antes why didn't you say so before?, you might have said so before!

¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? — dice que sí will he have time to do it? — he says he will

¿no lo encontró? — dice que no didn't he find it? — no, he says he didn't

digan lo que digan no matter what people say, whatever people say

¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? ( RPl fam); hi, how are things? ( colloq), hi, what's up? ( AmE colloq)

B

decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what he told me, that's not what he said to me

¿sabes qué me dijo? do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

se lo voy a decir a papá I'm going to tell Dad

hoy nos dicen el resultado they're going to give us the result today

me dijo una mentira he told me a lie, he lied to me

Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano Andrés told me about your brother

¡a mí me lo vas a decir! you're telling me!, you don't have to tell me!

¿sabes lo que te digo? por mí que se muera look, as far as I'm concerned he can drop dead! ( colloq)

¿no te digo? éste se cree que yo soy la sirvienta see what I mean? he thinks I'm his servant

¿no te digo or no te estoy diciendo que hasta le pega? I'm telling you, he even hits her!

¿tú qué me aconsejas? — ¿qué quieres que te diga? tienes que tomar tú la decisión what do you think I should do? — well, to be quite frank o honest, I think you have to decide for yourself

ya te decía yo que no era verdad I told you it wasn't true, didn't I?

fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco it was terrible, I just can't describe it o I can't begin to tell you

hace mal tiempo en verano, y no te digo nada en invierno … in summer the weather's bad, and as for the winter …

¡no me digas que no es precioso! isn't it beautiful?

a lo mejor te ofrecen el puesto ¿quién te dice? (CS); you never know, they might offer you the job

me resultó ¿cómo te diría? … violento I found it … how shall I put it? o I don't know … rather embarrassing

¡ya me dirás qué le cuesta escribirnos una carta! I mean, surely it's not too much trouble for him to write us a letter

no te creas todo lo que te dicen don't believe everything people tell you o everything you hear

dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres you can judge a man by the company he keeps

C

1

(transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias): ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!

a mí nadie me dice lo que tengo que hacer nobody tells me what to do

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say

manda decir mi mamá que si le puede prestar el martillo ( AmL); mom says can she borrow your hammer?

Fernando pregunta si puede venir con nosotros — dile que sí Fernando wants to know if he can come with us — yes, tell him he can o say yes

decir QUE + SUBJ:

dice papá que vayas Dad wants you

dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there

dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful, she said we should be careful

decirle a algn QUE + SUBJ to tell sb to + INF

diles que empiecen tell them to start

le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it

nos dijeron que esperáramos they told us o we were told to wait

te digo que vengas aquí enseguida I said, come here at once

2

decir adiós to say goodbye

vino a decirme adiós she came to say goodbye (to me)

di adiós a tu vida de estudiante that's the end of your student days, you'd better say goodbye to your student days

¿se lo prestaste? ¡ya le puedes decir adiós! you mean you lent it to him? well, you can kiss that goodbye! ( colloq)

D (por escrito) to say

¿qué dice aquí? what does it say here?

el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto there's nothing in the paper about it

E (llamar) to call

le dicen `Dumbo' por las orejas they call him `Dumbo' because of his ears

se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo her name is Rosario but people call her Charo

no me digas de usted there's no need to call me `usted'

F

(sugerir, comunicar): la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona the way someone dresses says a lot o tells you a lot about them

el tiempo lo dirá time will tell

por afuera la casa no dice nada the house doesn't look much from the outside

el poema no me dice nada the poem doesn't do anything for me

algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil something told me it wasn't going to be easy

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?

la tarta estaba diciendo cómeme the cake was just asking to be eaten

G

decir misa to say mass

H

1

querer decir to mean

¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?

no entendiste lo que quise decir you didn't understand what I meant

¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

sólo quería decirte que … I just wanted to say that …

2

digo (al rectificar) I mean

el presupuesto asciende a diez mil, digo cien mil de euros we have a budget of ten thousand, (sorry,) I mean a hundred thousand euros

I (opinar, pensar) to think

¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

podríamos ir mañana ¿tú qué dices? we could go tomorrow, what do you think?

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?

podría haber mencionado al resto del equipo, vamos, digo yo … he could have mentioned the rest of the team … well I'd have thought so, anyway

habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …

J ( en locuciones):

a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest

como quien dice so to speak

el nuevo tren está, como quien dice, a la vuelta de la esquina the new train is, so to speak o to coin a phrase, just around the corner

la granja es, como quien dice, la razón de su vida I suppose you could say the farm is his whole reason for living

con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda … he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me

decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it

¡digo! ( Esp fam): ¡qué calor hace! — ¡digo! it's so hot! — you can say that again o I'll say! ( colloq)

¿y te gusta? — ¡digo! do you like it? — you bet I do o ( AmE) I sure do! ( colloq)

es decir that is

mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is

no sé si voy a poder ir — es decir que no vas a ir I don't know if I'll be able to go — you mean you're not going

es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año — eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year — I wouldn't go that far

¡he dicho! that's that!, that's final!

lo mismo digo: mucho gusto en conocerle — lo mismo digo pleased to meet you — pleased to meet you o likewise

¡qué alegría verte! — lo mismo digo it's great to see you! — and you o you too

¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! ( colloq)

¿sabes que se casa Lola? — ¡no me digas! do you know Lola's getting married? — no! o you're joking! o really? o never!

por así decirlo so to speak

es, por así decirlo, el alma-máter de la empresa he is, so to speak o as it were, the driving force behind the company

que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent

¿qué me dices?: saqué el primer puesto ¿qué me dices? I came first, how about that then?

¿y qué me dices de lo de Carlos? and what about Carlos then?

¿sabes que lo van a derribar? — ¿qué me dices? do you know they're going to demolish it? — what? o you're kidding!

¡que no se diga! shame on you!

¿te ganó un niño de seis años? ¡que no se diga! you were beaten by a six-year-old child? shame on you!

¡que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it

se dice pronto no less

costó $20.000 ¡se dice pronto! it cost $20,000, which is no mean sum

lleva dos meses enferma, que se dice pronto she has been ill for two months, and that's a long time

¡y que lo digas! ( Esp); you can say that again!, you're telling me!, don't I know it!

y (ya) no digamos or ( AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics …

el/la que te dije ( fam hum); you-know-who

el qué dirán ( fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán she's always been worried what other people (might) think

¿por qué te preocupa tanto el qué dirán? why do you worry about what people will o might say?

ver tb dicho¹ (↑ dicho (1))

■ decir

vi

A

1

(invitando a hablar): papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá ( frml); I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead

tome asiento — gracias — usted dirá ( frml); take a seat — thank you — now, what can I do for you?

2

( Esp) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

B

decir bien/mal de algn/algo: sus trabajos dicen bien de él his work has created a good impression

la manera en que se comportó no dice muy bien de él the way he behaved doesn't show him in a very good light o doesn't say very much for him

■ decirse

v pron

1 ( reflexivo) to say to oneself

se dijo que no lo volvería a hacer he said to himself o he told himself that he wouldn't do it again

me dije para mis adentros que allí había gato encerrado I said o thought to myself, there's something fishy going on here

2 ( recíproco) to say to each other

se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

se dijeron de todo they called each other every name under the sun

3 ( enf):

tú hazme caso que yo sé lo que me digo you listen to me, I know what I'm talking about

no sé para qué me preguntas, si tú te lo dices todo I don't know why you're asking me, you seem to have all the answers

* * *

decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
1
a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2
◊ no digas estupideces don't talk nonsense!;

¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
b)

◊ decir misa to say mass

2 decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth;
◊ voy a decirle a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
3
a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
diles que empiecen tell them to start;
le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
b)

◊ decir(le) adiós (a algn) to say goodbye (to sb)

4
a) (opinar, pensar) to think;

◊ ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?;

¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
b) (sugerir, comunicar):

◊ el tiempo lo dirá time will tell;

¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
5
◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
6 ( en locs)
◊ a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest;

como quien dice so to speak;
es decir that is;
¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
por así decirlo so to speak;
el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
ver tb dicho 1
verbo intransitivo
a) ( invitando a hablar):

◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

decirse verbo pronominal
a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;

◊ se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other

decir
I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
II verbo transitivo
1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
no dijo nada, he said nothing
2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
digamos, let's say
digo yo, in my opinion
el qué dirán, what people will say
es decir, that is (to say)
ni que decir tiene, needless to say
no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
¡no me digas!, really!
por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
querer decir, to mean
¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
¿To tell o to say?
Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
' decir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- amén
- amohinarse
- año
- apéndice
- atinar
- bala
- barbaridad
- bastante
- burrada
- callar
- chorrada
- colmo
- comenzar
- confiar
- cosa
- declarar
- delirar
- descargo
- despedirse
- dilucidar
- disparate
- entender
- excusada
- excusado
- flexible
- fluir
- ir
- haber
- hablar
- holgar
- honestamente
- hoy
- lengua
- maravilla
- mu
- nada
- obviedad
- pelagatos
- pío
- precisamente
- puño
- querer
- rezar
- restar
- rey
- saciedad
- señor
- significar
- soltar
English:
ablaze
- abuse
- afraid
- anything
- bid
- bite back
- blurt out
- buzz off
- caller
- clear off
- dash off
- devil
- dinner
- distinctly
- drone
- enjoy
- eventual
- ever
- few
- flatter
- flounder
- fortune
- gasp out
- get
- get at
- go
- go on
- hand
- heart
- hotly
- i.e.
- keep in
- know
- lip
- loss
- mean
- mention
- mildly
- mind
- miserably
- mouth
- move
- need
- needless
- neither
- no
- nonsense
- O
- occasion
- oops!

* * *

decir

♦ vt

1. [en general] to say;

siempre digo lo que pienso I always say what I think;

es muy callado, nunca dice nada he's very quiet, he never says anything o a word;

¿qué dice la etiqueta? what does the label say?;

no digas tonterías don't talk nonsense;

no digas tacos delante de los niños don't swear in front of the children;

lo dijo en broma she meant it as a joke;

¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?;

me da igual lo que diga la gente I don't care what people say;

al decir esto, se marchó with these words o with that, he left;

no sabía qué decir I didn't know what to say, I was lost for words;

decir que sí/no to say yes/no;

dice que no viene she says (that) she's not coming;

como dice el refrán,… as the saying goes,…;

dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer;

Comp

¡díjolo Blas, punto redondo! sure, whatever!, yes, sure!;

Comp

donde dije digo, digo Diego: ayer dijiste que me lo dejarías – sí, pero no puedo – ya, donde dije digo, digo Diego yesterday you told me you'd lend it to me – yes, but I can't now – you're always saying one thing one minute and another the next

2. [contar] to tell;

se lo voy a decir a la profesora I'm going to tell the teacher;

no se lo digas a nadie don't breathe a word of it to anyone;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?;

ya te lo había dicho yo, es demasiado caro I told you it's too expensive;

decir la verdad to tell the truth;

decir mentiras to tell lies;

pregunta si le dejas salir – dile que sí/no she wants to know if she can go out – tell her she can/can't;

quiere saber si hemos terminado – dile que sí/no he wants to know if we've finished – tell him we have/haven't;

dile que estoy ocupado tell him I'm busy;

dígame lo que pasó tell me what happened;

eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what she told me;

tengo que hacerte una pregunta – dime I need to ask you a question – go ahead;

dígame en qué puedo ayudarle what can I do for you?

3. [ordenar] to tell;

la ley dice que es obligatorio el uso del casco according to the law, it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet, the law says that it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet;

decir a alguien que haga algo to tell sb to do sth;

haz lo que te digan y no protestes do as you're told and don't complain;

dile que venga tell her to come;

nos dijeron que nos fuéramos they told us to go away;

lo vas a hacer porque lo digo yo you'll do it because I say so

4. [recitar] [de memoria] to recite;
[leyendo] to read
5. [revelar] to tell, to show;

eso lo dice todo that says it all;

decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for;

sus ropas dicen bastante sobre su situación económica her clothes say a lot about her financial situation;

su violenta reacción dice mucho sobre su personalidad his violent reaction tells us o reveals a lot about his personality

6. [llamar] to call;

me dicen Paco they call me Paco;

le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death

7. [asegurar] to tell, to assure;

te digo que ella no está mintiendo I tell you o assure you (that) she isn't lying;

dice que llegará mañana sin falta she says (that) she'll definitely arrive tomorrow

8. [en frases]
a decir verdad, no me apetece nada ir a la boda to tell (you) the truth o to be honest, I don't really feel like going to the wedding;

como quien no dice nada as if it were nothing;

olvídalo, como si no hubiera dicho nada forget I ever mentioned it;

con decirte que me marché a los diez minutos, te puedes imaginar como fue la fiesta if I tell you that I left after ten minutes, you can imagine what the party was like;

cualquiera diría que no le dan de comer en casa anyone would o you'd think she never gets fed at home;

decir para sí to say to oneself;

decir por decir to talk for the sake of talking;

no te lo tomes en serio, lo dijo por decir don't take it seriously, she didn't really mean it;

decirle a alguien cuatro verdades to tell sb a few home truths;

es decir that is, that's to say;

aracnofobia, es decir miedo a las arañas arachnophobia, that is o that's to say, fear of spiders;

tengo otra cita – es decir, que no vendrás a la inauguración I've got another engagement – you mean o in other words you're not coming to the opening ceremony;

encantado de conocerte – lo mismo digo pleased to meet you – likewise;

tu primer examen estaba muy mal, y lo mismo digo del segundo you did very poorly in your first exam, and the same goes for the second one;

ni que decir tiene needless to say;

yo no digo o [m5]no quiero decir nada, pero… it's not for me to say, but…;

¿sabías que Santiago se ha casado? – ¡no me digas! did you know that Santiago got married? – no! o never!;

¡no me digas que no te gusta! don't tell me you don't like it!;

el tenis/este cuadro no me dice nada tennis/this picture doesn't do anything for me;

no hay más que decir that's all there is to it, that's that;

(o) mejor dicho or rather;

por más que digas, no le veo nada especial a esta ciudad whatever you say, I don't see what's so special about this city;

por decirlo así, por así decirlo in other words, so to speak;
RP Fam
¿qué decís? how are you doing?, how are things?;

preocuparse por el qué dirán to worry about what people will say;

no está lloviendo mucho que digamos it's not exactly raining hard;

él no es muy inteligente que digamos he isn't what you'd call intelligent;

ha sufrido un infarto – ¡qué me dices! she's had a heart attack – no! o surely not!;

¡quién lo diría! tan rico y sin embargo tan humilde who would have thought it, such a rich person and yet so humble!;

tardarán en construirlo cinco años, ¡se dice pronto! they're going to take five years, no less, to build it!;

yo lo hago en cinco minutos – eso se dice pronto, no sabes lo difícil que es I'll have it done in five minutes – that's easily said, you've no idea how difficult it is;

si tú lo dices if you say so;

¡tú lo has dicho! you said it!;
Esp
¡y que lo digas! you can say that again!;

y no digamos, Am [m5]ya no se diga, Am [m5] ni se diga to say nothing of;

no le gusta el pescado y no digamos el pollo she doesn't like fish, to say nothing of chicken

♦ vi

como quien dice, como si dijéramos so to speak;

es, como si dijéramos, una mezcla de danza y teatro it's a sort of mixture of dance and theatre;

es, como quien dice, el alma de la empresa he is, so to speak, the soul of the company;
Esp
¿diga?, ¿dígame? [al teléfono] hello?;
Fam
¡digo! [¡ya lo creo!] of course!;
[¡madre mía!] I say!;
tenemos muchas ganas de ir de vacaciones, y nuestros hijos, no digamos we can't wait to go on holiday, and as for our children…

♦ See also the pronominal verb decirse

* * *

decir

<part dicho>

I v/t

1 say; ( contar) tell;

decir misa say mass;

decir que sí say yes;

decir que no say no;

se dice que … they say that …, it’s said that …;

diga lo que diga whatever he says;

¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you expect me to say?;

decir entre o

para sí say to o.s.

2 con infinitivo

:

querer decir mean;

es decir in other words;

dar que decir set people talking;

ni que decir tiene (que) it goes without saying (that);

por así decirlo so to speak;

ya es decir that’s saying something;

que ya es decir which is really something;

es mucho decir that’s saying a lot

3 con participio

:

¡quién hubiera dicho que María se iba casar! who would have thought that Maria would get married!;

dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;

mejor dicho or rather;

dicho sea de paso incidentally;

está dicho, lo dicho as I have already said

4

:

no es rico, que digamos let’s say he’s not rich;

¡no me digas! you’re kidding!;

¡dímelo a mí! tell me about it!, you’re telling me!;

como quien dice so to speak;

y que lo digas you bet;

¿y qué me dices de …? so what do you think of …?;

usted dirá how can I help you?;

ya decía yo que iba a acabar mal I knew it would end badly;

¡quién lo diría! who would believe it!;

¡cualquiera diría que tiene setenta años! who would have thought he was seventy!, you wouldn’t think o believe he was seventy!

II v/i

:

¡diga!, ¡dígame! Esp
TELEC hello
III m saying;

es un decir it’s just a figure of speech

* * *

decir {23} vt

1) : to say

dice que no quiere ir: she says she doesn't want to go

2) : to tell

dime lo que estás pensando: tell me what you're thinking

3) : to speak, to talk

no digas tonterías: don't talk nonsense

4) : to call

me dicen Rosy: they call me Rosy

5)

es decir : that is to say

6)

querer decir : to mean

♦ See also the reflexive verb decirse

* * *

decir¹ n saying

decir² vb

1. (en general) to say [pt. & pp. said]

¿qué ha dicho? what did he say?

dijo que estaba cansada she said she was tired

¿cómo se dice "biblioteca" en inglés? how do you say "biblioteca" in English?

2. (a alguien) to tell [pt. & pp. told]

me dijo que estaba cansada she told me she was tired

no se lo digas a nadie don't tell anybody

3. (para dar órdenes) to tell

me dijo que fuera en seguida she told me to go at once

4. (llamar) to call

le dicen "Chapi" people call him "Chapi"

dime / dígame (en tienda etc) yes?

es decir that is / that is to say

¿diga? / ¿dígame? (por teléfono) hello?

sin decir nada without a word

Spanish-English dictionary > decir
12 baja

f.

1 drop, fall (descenso).

redondear el precio a la baja to round the price down

el precio del cacao sigue a la baja the price of cocoa is continuing to fall

tendencia a la baja downward trend

jugar a la baja (finance) to bear the market

2 redundancy (cese) (forzado).

dar de baja a alguien to lay somebody off; (en empresa) to expel somebody (en club, sindicato)

darse de baja (de) to resign (from); (dimitir) to drop out (of); (salirse) to unsusomebodyscribe (from) (de subscripción)

3 sick leave (por enfermedad) (permiso). (peninsular Spanish)

estar/darse de baja to be on/take sick leave

baja por maternidad maternity leave

4 loss, casualty (military).

bajas civiles civilian casualties

5 pasha, Moslem honorary title, Moslem honourary title, pacha.

6 doctor's excuse, doctor's line, doctor's note.

7 lay off period.

8 termination of employment.

pres.indicat.

3^rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: bajar.

* * *

baja

► nombre femenino

1 (descenso) fall, drop

■ la baja del precio del petróleo the fall in the price of oil

■ el dólar sigue a la baja the dollar continues to fall

2 MILITAR casualty

■ el ejército sufrió pocas bajas the army suffered few casualties

3 (por enfermedad) sick leave; (justificante) medical certificate, doctor's note

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

dar de baja (a enfermo) to give a sick note to 2 (a socio de club) to expel 3 (a soldado) to declare missing

darse de baja (de un club) to cancel one's membership, leave, drop out 2 (en una suscripción) to cancel one's subscription 3 (por enfermedad) to take sick leave

estar de baja (enfermo) to be off sick 2 (pasado) to be dropping, on the way out

estar en baja to be dropping, on the way out

■ los concursos televisivos están en baja television quiz shows are on the way out

ser baja (deportista) to be injured, not be playing 2 (militar) to be reported missing

■ Osuna es baja para el partido de mañana Osuna is out of tomorrow's game

* * *
1. f., (m. - bajo) 2. noun f.
1) casualty

2) fall, drop, slump

3) discharge

4) dismissal

•

- dar de baja
- darse de baja
- estar de baja
* * *

SF

1) (=descenso) fall, drop

se produjo una baja continuada de las temperaturas — there was a continued fall o drop in temperatures

una baja repentina de los beneficios — a sudden fall o drop in profits

sigue la baja en la cotización del euro — the euro continues to fall

el gobierno anunció una baja de los tipos de interés — the government announced a cut in interest rates

• a la baja — [evolución, tendencia] downward

se ha producido una orientación del mercado a la baja — the market has started on a downward trend

el precio del algodón sigue a la baja — the price of cotton continues to fall

la patronal está presionando los salarios a la baja — employers are forcing wages down

• abrir a la baja — (Bolsa) to open down

• cerrar a la baja — (Bolsa) to close down

la Bolsa cerró a la baja en el día de ayer — the Stock Exchange closed down o was down at the close of trading yesterday

• corregir algo a la baja — to adjust sth downwards

• cotizarse a la baja — (Bolsa) to trade low

• estar en baja — to be in decline

su reputación estuvo en baja en los últimos meses — his reputation was on the o in decline over the last few months

la Bolsa está en baja — there is a downward trend in the Stock Exchange, the Stock Exchange is in decline

2) (=cese)
[en organización, suscripción, trabajo]
hubo tantas bajas que el club tuvo que cerrar — so many people left that the club had to close down

la baja de dos de los países miembros — the departure of two member countries

el nuevo estilo de la revista ha causado numerosas bajas — the new style of the magazine has led many people to cancel their subscription

• dar de baja — [+ socio] to expel; [+ abogado, médico] to strike off; [+ militar] to discharge; [+ empleado] to dismiss, fire; [+ empresa, sociedad] to dissolve; [+ coche] to take out of circulation; [+ avión, tren] to decommission; [+ teléfono, luz] to have disconnected

la dieron de baja del club por no pagar la suscripción — her membership of the club was cancelled because she had failed to pay her subscription

la dirección decidió dar de baja al nuevo profesor — the board decided to dismiss the new teacher

hemos dado de baja la luz — we had the electricity disconnected

• darse de baja — [de club, institución, partido] to leave; [de revista, periódico] to cancel one's subscription

numerosos suscriptores han decidido darse de baja de la revista — many readers have decided to cancel their subscription to the magazine

nos dimos de baja del teléfono — we had the telephone disconnected

• pedir la baja — to hand in one's resignation

baja incentivada — voluntary redundancy

baja por incentivo — voluntary redundancy

baja por jubilación — retirement

baja por jubilación anticipada — early retirement

baja voluntaria — [por dimisión] voluntary redundancy; [por jubilación] early retirement

3) (=ausencia laboral)

• dar de baja, se le dará de baja a partir del día de la operación — she will be on sick leave from the day of the operation

• estar de baja — to be on sick leave, be off sick

• pedir la baja — to ask for o apply for sick leave

baja laboral — leave

baja maternal — maternity leave

baja médica — sick leave

baja permanente — indefinite sick leave

baja por enfermedad — sick leave

el número de bajas por enfermedad — the number of people taking sick leave

baja por maternidad — maternity leave

baja por paternidad — paternity leave

baja retribuida — paid leave

4) (Dep) [por descalificación] suspension; [por lesión] injury

el equipo sufrió dos bajas por sendas tarjetas rojas — the team lost two players for red card offences

el partido registró varias bajas en ambos equipos — there were several injuries for both teams during the match

5) Esp (Med) (=certificado) medical certificate, sick note *

6) (Mil) (=víctima) casualty

hasta la fecha no ha habido ninguna baja — there have been no casualties to date

* * *

femenino

1) ( descenso) fall, drop

su popularidad está en baja — his popularity is waning o declining

la baja de las tasas de interés — the cut in interest rates

a la baja: tendencia a la baja downward trend; los que juegan a la baja — those who are selling for a fall, the bears

2)

a) (Esp) (Rels Labs) ( permiso) sick leave; ( certificado) medical certificate

está (dado) de baja — he's off sick o on sick leave

b) (Dep)

el equipo tiene varias bajas — the team is missing several regulars

c) (Mil) ( muerte) loss, casualty

los rebeldes tuvieron trece bajas — the rebels lost thirteen men

- baja por maternidad

3)

a) ( en entidad)

ha habido varias bajas — ( en clase) several students have dropped out o left; ( en asociación) several members have left

darse de baja — ( en club) to cancel one's membership, leave; ( en partido) to resign, leave

lo dieron de baja en el club por no pagar la cuota — they canceled his membership to the club for not paying his fees

causó baja en nuestra empresa — (Esp) he left our employment

b) (Mil) ( cese) discharge

dar de baja — to discharge

pidió la baja en el ejército — he applied to be discharged from the army

c) ( en puesto)

el equipo lo dio de baja — the club cut him (AmE), the club released him (BrE)

lo dieron de baja por invalidez — he was dismissed because of illness o on health grounds

•

- baja incentivada

- baja voluntaria

* * *

femenino

1) ( descenso) fall, drop

su popularidad está en baja — his popularity is waning o declining

la baja de las tasas de interés — the cut in interest rates

a la baja: tendencia a la baja downward trend; los que juegan a la baja — those who are selling for a fall, the bears

2)

a) (Esp) (Rels Labs) ( permiso) sick leave; ( certificado) medical certificate

está (dado) de baja — he's off sick o on sick leave

b) (Dep)

el equipo tiene varias bajas — the team is missing several regulars

c) (Mil) ( muerte) loss, casualty

los rebeldes tuvieron trece bajas — the rebels lost thirteen men

- baja por maternidad

3)

a) ( en entidad)

ha habido varias bajas — ( en clase) several students have dropped out o left; ( en asociación) several members have left

darse de baja — ( en club) to cancel one's membership, leave; ( en partido) to resign, leave

lo dieron de baja en el club por no pagar la cuota — they canceled his membership to the club for not paying his fees

causó baja en nuestra empresa — (Esp) he left our employment

b) (Mil) ( cese) discharge

dar de baja — to discharge

pidió la baja en el ejército — he applied to be discharged from the army

c) ( en puesto)

el equipo lo dio de baja — the club cut him (AmE), the club released him (BrE)

lo dieron de baja por invalidez — he was dismissed because of illness o on health grounds

•

- baja incentivada

- baja voluntaria

* * *

baja¹

¹ = drop, fall.

Ex: Perfect recall can only be achieved by a drop in the proportion of relevant documents considered.

Ex: There has been a rapid increase in the number and costs of science, technology and medicine scholarly titles in recent years, and a fall in subscriptions.

* a la baja = on the wane.

* estar a la baja = be down.

* ir a la baja = be down.

* Nombre + a la baja = Nombre + down.

baja²

² = leave.

Ex: The induction course will give all the necessary employment details relating to such matters as the amount of leave entitlement, insurance stoppages, what to do in case of sickness, etc..

* baja maternal = maternity leave, maternal leave.

* baja paternal = paternal leave.

* baja por enfermedad = sick leave, sickness leave.

* baja por maternidad = maternity leave, parental leave, maternal leave.

* baja por paternidad = paternal leave.

* baja temporal = temporary leave.

* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.

* estar de baja = be off work.

* estar de baja por enfermedad = be off work sick.

baja³

³ = termination.

Ex: No area of library operations would be unaffected -- from the selection of materials to the hiring and termination of personnel.

* dado de baja = written-off.

* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.

baja⁴

⁴ = casualty.

Ex: Unfortunately, there are indications that the use of rubber stamps in libraries may be among the first casualties of the information revolution.

* baja de guerra = war casualty.

* baja en combate = combat casualty.

* * *

baja

feminine

A (descenso) fall, drop

una baja en el número de inscripciones a fall o drop in the number of enrollments

su popularidad está en baja his popularity is waning o declining o on the wane

hubo una baja de tensión ( RPl); there was a drop in voltage

a la baja: el precio del crudo sigue a la baja the price of crude oil continues to fall

continúa la tendencia a la baja en las cuatro bolsas the downward trend continues o stocks continue to fall on all four exchanges

los que jugaban a la baja those who were selling for a fall, the bears

B

1

( Esp) ( Dep): Pardo es baja para el partido del domingo Pardo is out of Sunday's game

el equipo tiene varias bajas the team is without several of its usual players

2 ( Mil) (muerte) loss, casualty

los rebeldes tuvieron trece bajas the rebels lost thirteen men

registraron varias bajas they suffered several casualties o the loss of several men

3 ( Esp) ( Rels Labs) (permiso) sick leave; (certificado) medical certificate

debe presentar la baja you must produce your medical certificate

está (dado) de baja desde hace dos meses he's been off sick o on sick leave for two months

Compuesto:

baja por maternidad

maternity leave

C

1

(en un club, una organización): ha habido or se han registrado or se han producido varias bajas (en una clase) several students have dropped out o left; (en una asociación) several members have left

lo dieron de baja en el club por no pagar la cuota they canceled his membership of the club o threw him out of the club for not paying his subscription

darse de baja (en un club) to cancel one's membership, leave; (en un partido) to resign, leave; (en el consulado) to have one's name removed from the register; (de un sitio web) to unsubscribe

2 ( Mil) (cese) discharge

pidió la baja en el ejército he applied for a discharge o to be discharged from the army

fue dado de baja he was discharged

3

(en un puesto): la empresa lo dio de baja the company dismissed him, the company cut him ( AmE), the company sacked him ( BrE)

lo dieron de baja por invalidez he was dismissed because of illness o on health grounds

durante los tres meses posteriores a la fecha de la baja in the three months following termination of employment

causó baja en nuestra organización en mayo de 2008 ( Esp); he left our employment o ( frml) employ in May 2008

Compuestos:

● baja incentivada

voluntary redundancy ( with incentive payment)

● baja vegetativa

reducir la plantilla mediante bajas vegetativas to reduce the workforce by attrition ( AmE) o ( BrE) natural wastage

● baja voluntaria

voluntary redundancy

* * *

Del verbo bajar: ( conjugate bajar)

baja es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo

2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
baja
bajar
baja sustantivo femenino
1 ( descenso) fall, drop;
◊ una baja en los precios a fall o drop in prices;

la baja de las tasas de interés the cut in interest rates;
tendencia a la baja downward trend
2
a) (Esp) (Rels Labs) ( permiso) sick leave;

( certificado) medical certificate;
◊ está (dado) de baja he's off sick o on sick leave;

baja por maternidad (Esp) maternity leave
b) (Dep):

◊ el equipo tiene varias bajas the team is missing several regulars

c) (Mil) ( muerte) loss, casualty

3 ( en entidad):
◊ darse de baja ( en club) to cancel one's membership, leave;

( en partido) to resign, leave;
(Mil) ( cese) discharge;
◊ dar de baja to discharge

bajar ( conjugate bajar) verbo intransitivo
1
a) [ascensor/persona] ( alejándose) to go down;

( acercándose) to come down;
◊ baja por las escaleras to go/come down the stairs;

ya bajo I'll be right down
b) ( apearse) baja de algo ‹de tren/avión› to get off sth;

‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth
c) (Dep) [ equipo] to go down

2
a) [ marea] to go out

b) [fiebre/tensión] to go down, drop;

[ hinchazón] to go down;
[ temperatura] to fall, drop
c) [precio/valor] to fall, drop;

[ calidad] to deteriorate;
[ popularidad] to diminish;
◊ baja de precio to go down in price

verbo transitivo
1 ‹escalera/cuesta› to go down
2 ‹brazo/mano› to put down, lower
3
a) baja algo (de algo) ‹de armario/estante› to get sth down (from sth);

‹ del piso de arriba› ( traer) to bring sth down (from sth);
( llevar) to take sth down (to sth)
b) baja a algn de algo ‹de mesa/caballo› to get sb off sth

4
a) ‹persiana/telón› to lower;

‹ ventanilla› to open
b) ‹ cremallera› to undo

5 ‹ precio› to lower;
‹ fiebre› to bring down;
‹ volumen› to turn down;
‹ voz› to lower
bajarse verbo pronominal
1 ( apearse) bajase de algo ‹de tren/autobús› to get off sth;
‹ de coche› to get out of sth;
‹de caballo/bicicleta› to get off sth;
‹de pared/árbol› to get down off sth
2 ‹ pantalones› to take down;
‹ falda› to pull down
bajo,-a
I adjetivo
1 low
2 (de poca estatura) short: es muy bajo para jugar al baloncesto, he's a bit too short to play basketball
3 (poco intenso) faint, soft: en este local la música está baja, the music isn't very loud here
4 (escaso) poor: su nivel es muy bajo, his level is very low
este queso es bajo en calorías, this cheese is low in calories
5 Mús low
6 fig (mezquino, vil, ruin) base, despicable: tiene muy bajos instintos, he's absolutely contemptible
bajos fondos, the underworld
la clase baja, the lower class
II adverbio low: habla bajo, por favor, please speak quietly
por lo b., (a sus espaldas, disimuladamente) on the sly: con Pedro es muy amable, pero por lo bajo echa pestes de él, she's very nice to Pedro, but she's always slagging him off behind his back
(como mínimo) at least: ese libro cuesta cinco mil pesetas tirando por lo bajo, that book costs at least five thousand pesetas
III sustantivo masculino
1 Mús (instrumento, cantante, instrumentista) bass
2 (de un edificio) ground floor
3 (de una prenda) hem
IV mpl Mec underneath: las piedras del camino le rozaron los bajos del coche, we scratched the bottom of the car against the stones on the road
V preposición
1 (lugar) under, underneath
bajo techo, under shelter
bajo tierra, underground
bajo la tormenta, in the storm
2 Pol Hist under
bajo la dictadura, under the dictatorship 3 bajo cero, (temperatura) below zero
4 Jur under
bajo fianza, on bail
bajo juramento, under oath
bajo multa de cien mil pesetas, subject to a fine of one hundred thousand pesetas
bajo ningún concepto, under no circumstances
firmó la declaración bajo presión, she signed the declaration under pressure
La traducción más común del adjetivo es low. Sin embargo, recuerda que cuando quieres describir a una persona debes usar la palabra short: Es muy bajo para su edad. He's very short for his age.
baja sustantivo femenino
1 (informe médico) sick note
baja por enfermedad, sick leave
baja por maternidad, maternity leave
2 (descenso) drop, fall
3 Mil (víctima, herido) casualty: nuestro ejército no ha sufrido bajas, we haven't suffered any casualties
♦ Locuciones: coger la baja, (por enfermedad) to take sick leave
darse de baja, (de una asociación, una actividad) to resign [de, from], drop out [de, of]
estar de baja, (por enfermedad) to be off sick
Fin jugar a la baja, to operate for a fall
bajar
I verbo transitivo
1 (descender) to come o go down: bajé corriendo la cuesta, I ran downhill ➣ Ver nota en ir 2 (llevar algo abajo) to bring o get o take down: baja los disfraces del trastero, bring the costumes down from the attic
3 (un telón) to lower
(una persiana) to let down
(la cabeza) to bow o lower
4 (reducir el volumen) to turn down
(la voz) to lower
5 (los precios, etc) to reduce, cut
6 (ropa, dobladillo) tengo que bajar el vestido, I've got to let the hem down
7 Mús tienes que bajar un tono, you've got to go down a tone
II verbo intransitivo
1 to go o come down: bajamos al bar, we went down to the bar
2 (apearse de un tren, un autobús) to get off
(de un coche) to get out [de, of]: tienes que bajarte en la siguiente parada, you've got to get off at the next stop
3 (disminuir la temperatura, los precios) to fall, drop: ha bajado su cotización en la bolsa, its share prices have dropped in the stock exchange
' baja' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bajar
- bajinis
- bajo
- borrarse
- cabeza
- cámara
- despacio
- estar
- estofa
- forma
- fresca
- fresco
- grosera
- grosero
- jugar
- marea
- media
- medio
- planta
- riñón
- telebasura
- temblor
- temporada
- tensión
- tintorro
- voz
- clase
- fondo
- incapacidad
- petiso
- renacuajo
- roto
English:
alternate
- attrition rate
- breath
- breathe
- casualty
- discharge
- downstairs
- downturn
- downward
- downwards
- fall behind
- floor
- form
- ground floor
- house
- low-calorie
- lower
- lower-class
- off
- off-peak
- quietly
- season
- shoddiness
- sick
- sick-leave
- simmer
- slide
- undertone
- voice
- whisper
- work
- down
- drop
- go
- ground
- hushed
- low
- red
- slump
- small
- sweep
- tide
- under
- voluntary
- water
- way

* * *

baja nf

1. [descenso] drop, fall;

una baja en las temperaturas a drop in temperature;

no se descarta una baja en los tipos de interés a cut in interest rates isn't being ruled out;

redondear el precio a la baja to round the price down;

el precio del cacao sigue a la baja the price of cocoa is continuing to fall, the slump in the price of cocoa is continuing;

la bolsa de Madrid sigue a la baja share prices on the Madrid stock exchange are continuing to fall;

tendencia a la baja downward trend;

las eléctricas cotizaron ayer a la baja share prices for the electricity companies fell yesterday;
Fin
jugar a la baja to bear the market

2. [cese] lay-off, Br redundancy;

han anunciado veinte bajas [forzadas] they have announced twenty lay-offs o Br redundancies;

la empresa ha sufrido bajas entre sus directivos [voluntarias] a number of managers have left the firm;

la pérdida de las elecciones provocó cientos de bajas en el partido the election defeat caused hundreds of people to leave the party;

dar de baja a alguien [en una empresa] to lay sb off;
[en un club, sindicato] to expel sb;
darse de baja (de) [dimitir] to resign (from);
[salirse] to drop out (of);
pedir la baja [de un club, organización] to ask to leave;
[del ejército] to apply for a discharge
Comp
baja incentivada voluntary lay-off o Br redundancy;
baja por jubilación retirement;

baja retribuida paid leave;

baja no retribuida unpaid leave;

baja con sueldo paid leave;

baja sin sueldo unpaid leave

3. Esp [por enfermedad] [permiso] sick leave;
[documento] sick note, doctor's certificate;
estar/darse de baja to be on/take sick leave

Comp
baja por enfermedad sick leave;
baja por maternidad maternity leave;

baja por paternidad paternity leave

4. Mil loss, casualty;

se registraron numerosas bajas en el combate they suffered heavy casualties in the battle, a number of people were lost in the battle

5. Dep [por lesión] casualty, injured player;
[por sanción] suspended player;
al no haberse recuperado todavía, el brasileño causa o [m5] es baja para el próximo encuentro as he still hasn't recovered from injury, the Brazilian is out of the next game;

acudieron a la final con varias bajas importantes they went into the final with a number of important players missing

* * *

baja

f

1 descenso fall, drop;

jugar a la baja FIN gamble on a bear market

2 persona casualty;

bajas pl MIL casualties

3 ( dimisión, cese)

:

causar baja resign, leave;

dar de baja dismiss;

darse de baja resign, leave ( por because of);

estar de baja (por enfermedad) be off sick, be on sick leave

* * *

baja nf

1) descenso: fall, drop

2) : slump, recession

3) : loss, casualty

4)

dar de baja : to discharge, to dismiss

5)

darse de baja : to withdraw, to drop out

* * *

baja n

1. (disminución) fall / drop

una baja de temperatura a drop in temperature

una baja del precio del carbón a fall in the price of coal

2. (persona lesionada)

hay muchas bajas para el partido de mañana a lot of players are out of tomorrow's game

3. (persona muerta) casualty [pl. casualties]

la flota regresó sin bajas the fleet returned without any casualties

4. (documento) sick note / doctor's note

pidió la baja por enfermedad he asked for a sick note

dar de baja a alguien (en el trabajo) to give someone sick leave (en un club etc) to cancel someone's membership

darse de baja (en un club, etc) to cancel your membership

estar de baja to be off sick / to be on sick leave

Spanish-English dictionary > baja
13 secreto

adj.

1 secret, backstairs, backstage, covert.

2 secret, undeclared.

3 secret, hidden.

m.

1 secret, secrecy.

2 secret, hidden fact.

3 secret, hidden know-how.

4 soundboard, sounding board.

pres.indicat.

1^st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: secretar.

* * *

secreto

► adjetivo

1 secret

► nombre masculino secreto

1 (lo reservado) secret

■ te diré un secreto I'll tell you a secret

2 (reserva) secrecy

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

en secreto secretly

guardar un secreto to keep a secret

secreto a voces familiar open secret

secreto de estado state secret

secreto profesional (práctica) professional secrecy

————————

secreto

► nombre masculino

1 (lo reservado) secret

■ te diré un secreto I'll tell you a secret

2 (reserva) secrecy

* * *
1. (f. - secreta)
adj.

secret
2. noun m.
1) secret

2) secrecy

* * *

1. SM

1) (=confidencia) secret

alto secreto — top secret

confiar o contar un secreto a algn — to tell sb a secret

en secreto — in secret, secretly

estar en el secreto — frm to be in on the secret

guardar un secreto — to keep a secret

hacer secreto de algo — frm to be secretive about sth, keep sth secret

secreto a voces — open secret

secreto de confesión — (Rel) confessional secret

secreto de estado — state secret

secreto de Polichinela — frm open secret

secreto de sumario, secreto sumarial, debido al secreto del sumario o sumarial — because the matter is sub judice

se ha levantado el secreto sumarial sobre el caso — reporting restrictions have been lifted
mantener 1., 2), b)
2) (=clave) secret

el secreto está en la salsa — the secret is in the sauce

¿cuál es el secreto de su éxito? — what is the secret of her success?

3) (=reserva) secrecy

lo han hecho con mucho secreto — they have done it in great secrecy

4) (=cajón) secret drawer

5) (=combinación) combination

2.

ADJ secret

todo es de lo más secreto — it's all highly secret

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo secret
II
masculino

a) ( información confidencial) secret

guardar un secreto — to keep a secret

los preparamos en secreto — we prepared them secretly o in secret

revelar un secreto — to give away o reveal a secret

te lo dije en secreto — I told you in confidence

no es ningún secreto que... — it is no secret that...

b) ( truco) secret

el secreto está en la manera de doblarlo — the secret is in the way you fold it

y no tiene más secreto — and that's all there is to it

- secreto a voces

- secreto de confesión

- secreto de estado

- secreto de familia

- secreto de sumario

* * *
I
- ta adjetivo secret
II
masculino

a) ( información confidencial) secret

guardar un secreto — to keep a secret

los preparamos en secreto — we prepared them secretly o in secret

revelar un secreto — to give away o reveal a secret

te lo dije en secreto — I told you in confidence

no es ningún secreto que... — it is no secret that...

b) ( truco) secret

el secreto está en la manera de doblarlo — the secret is in the way you fold it

y no tiene más secreto — and that's all there is to it

- secreto a voces

- secreto de confesión

- secreto de estado

- secreto de familia

- secreto de sumario

* * *

secreto¹

¹ = secrecy, secret.

Ex: That book is a source document; it's something in the hand for somebody interested in censorship and secrecy in government.

Ex: And therein lies the secret of the unshakeable belief of reference librarians that what they do is the very pith and marrow of librarianship.

* confiar un secreto = tell + a secret.

* descubrir un secreto = spill + the beans, blow + the gaff, let + the cat out of the bag.

* en el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* filtración de secreto industrial = industry leak.

* guardar en secreto = keep + Nombre + under wraps.

* guardar un secreto = keep + a secret.

* ley del secreto industrial = trade secret law.

* mantener en secreto = keep + Nombre + under wraps.

* prohibición de informar por secreto de sumario = gag order.

* revelar el secreto de = lift + the curtain on.

* revelar secretos = reveal + secrets.

* revelar un secreto = spill + secret, spill + the beans, tell + a secret, let + the cat out of the bag, blow + the gaff.

* secreto a voces = open secret.

* secreto celosamente guardado = closely kept secret.

* secreto comercial = trade secret, competitive information.

* secreto de estado = state secret.

* secreto de familia = skeleton in the closet.

* secreto de la vida, el = secret of life, the.

* secreto del éxito = secret of/for success.

* secreto de sumario = gag order.

* secreto industrial = trade secret, competitive information.

* secreto mejor guardado = best kept secret.

* secreto militar = military secret.

* secretos = wall of secrecy.

* secretos profesionales = security classification.

* secreto sumarial = gag order.

secreto²

² = arcane, confidential, q.t., secret, stealth, undercover, cryptic, hush-hush.

Ex: It is the breadth, not the depth, of librarians' knowledge that enables them quickly to provide a productive context for even the most apparently arcane questions.

Ex: There is also a large amount of information that is kept secret: not merely cloak-and-dagger state secrets, but vast quantities of confidential technical and commercial data.

Ex: 'I probably shouldn't tell you this,' he said confidentially, 'but you'll find out sooner or later; in the meantime, it's strictly q.t.; Jay's in trouble'.

Ex: This article raises some of the issues associated with the collection and documentation of Aboriginal archival material which is secret/sacred in nature.

Ex: A business dependency on sophisticated information systems makes it vulnerabble to stealth attacks.

Ex: Small to midsize companies are more likely to use technological surveillance (i.e., computer spy programs), as they're more readily available than undercover detective agencies, which can get a bit pricey.

Ex: Documentation in the on-line fields is a mass of small and medium-sized pamphlets, clumsy binder and cryptic electronic paragraphs.

Ex: Several hundred women die every year in the United States from hospital-acquired infections, but it's so hush-hush here that we rarely hear about them.

* acuerdo secreto = secret deal.

* agente secreto = secret agent.

* amigo secreto = invisible friend.

* argot secreto de los cacos = thieves' cant.

* argot secreto de los ladrones = thieves' cant.

* arma secreta = secret weapon.

* célula secreta = secret cell.

* con el mayor secreto = a veil of secrecy.

* en secreto = in confidence, covertly, in secret.

* guardar en secreto = keep + confidential.

* información secreta = secret information.

* mantener en secreto = keep + secret, keep + hush hush, keep + confidential.

* mantener secreto = keep + secret.

* más secreto = innermost.

* pacto secreto = secret deal.

* pasadizo secreto = secret passage.

* policía secreto = undercover police officer.

* sociedad secreta = secret brotherhood.

* voluntad de mantener Algo en secreto = secretiveness.

* voto secreto = secret ballot.

* * *

secreto¹ -ta

adjective

secret

secreto²

masculine

1 (información confidencial) secret

guardar un secreto to keep a secret

el secreto de su éxito the secret of his success

los preparamos en secreto we prepared them secretly o in secret o in secrecy

reveló todos los secretos she gave away o revealed all the secrets

te lo dije en secreto I told you in confidence

ven que te lo digo en secreto ( fam); come here and I'll whisper it in your ear

no es ningún secreto que están pasando una crisis it is no secret that they are going through a crisis

2 (truco) secret

el secreto está en la manera de doblarlo the secret is in the way you fold it

y no tiene más secreto and that's all there is to it

Compuestos:

● secreto a voces

open secret

● secreto bancario

el secreto bancario client confidentiality

● secreto de alcoba

intimate secret

● secreto de confesión

secret of the confessional

● secreto de estado

state secret

● secreto de sumario

confidentiality surrounding legal proceedings

el secreto de sumario me impide dar más detalles I am unable to give further details because the matter is sub judice

● secreto militar

military secret

● secreto profesional

professional secret

* * *

Del verbo secretar: ( conjugate secretar)

secreto es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

secretó es:

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

Multiple Entries:
secretar
secreto
secreto 1
◊ -ta adjetivo

secret
secreto 2 sustantivo masculino
a) ( información confidencial) secret;

◊ los preparamos en secreto we prepared them secretly o in secret;

secreto a voces open secret
b) ( truco) secret;

◊ el secreto está en … the secret is in …

secretar verbo transitivo to secrete
secreto,-a
I adjetivo secret
agente secreto, secret agent
II sustantivo masculino
1 secret: no sabe guardar un secreto, he can't keep a secret
la naturaleza tiene sus secretos, Nature has its own mysteries
un secreto a voces, an open secret
2 (discreción, reserva) secrecy
secreto profesional, professional secrecy
♦ Locuciones: en secreto, in secret, secretly
' secreto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
callarse
- cifra
- consistir
- descubrir
- divulgar
- divulgación
- guardar
- hermética
- hermético
- iniciar
- privada
- privado
- reservarse
- revelar
- revelación
- sanctasanctórum
- secreta
- urdir
- voto
- voz
- agente
- callar
- confiar
- contar
- develar
- impenetrable
- indiscreción
- indiscreto
- íntimo
- luz
- pregonar
- reserva
English:
agent
- away
- betray
- classified
- closely
- closet
- collude
- confidence
- confidential
- covert
- divulge
- ear
- expose
- exposure
- give away
- hush-hush
- in
- inner
- innermost
- intelligence agent
- keep
- let out
- open
- put
- repeat
- scandal
- search out
- secrecy
- secret
- secret agent
- secret service
- secretly
- skeleton
- sneaking
- strict
- swear
- top-secret
- trade secret
- undercover
- unspoken
- well-kept
- wrap
- hush
- top
- trade
- under

* * *

secreto, -a

♦ adj

secret

♦ nm

1. [noticia, información] secret;

guardar un secreto to keep a secret;

mantener algo en secreto to keep sth secret;

ser un secreto a voces to be an open secret;

no es ningún secreto que el país atraviesa una crisis it's no secret that the country is going through a crisis;

la mecánica no tiene ningún secreto para él mechanics holds no secrets for him

Comp
secreto bancario banking confidentiality;
secreto de confesión secrecy of the confessional;

secreto de Estado State secret;

secreto profesional professional secret;

secreto sumarial o del sumario: [m5] decretar el secreto sumarial o [m5] del sumario = to deny access to information relating to a judicial inquiry

2. [sigilo] secrecy;

en secreto in secret;

me dijo en secreto que iba a divorciarse she told me in secret that she was going to get divorced;

llevaban con mucho secreto los preparativos de la fiesta they kept the preparations for the party very secret

* * *

secreto

I adj secret

II m secret;

un secreto a voces an open secret;

en secreto in secret

* * *

secreto, -ta adj

1) : secret

2) : secretive

♦ secretamente adv

secreto nm

1) : secret

2) : secrecy

* * *

secreto adj n secret

en secreto in secret / secretly

Spanish-English dictionary > secreto
14 गो _gō

गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]

1 Cattle, kine (pl.)

-2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.

-3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.

-4 The sky.

-5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.

-6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.

-7 A diamond.

-8 Heaven.

-9 An arrow. -f.

1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.

-2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (

-6).

-3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.

-4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.

-5 A mother.

-6 A quarter of the compass.

-7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.

-8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.

-9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.

-2 The hair of the body.

-3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.

-4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.

-5 The sun.

-6 The number 'nine' (in math.).

-7 The moon.

-8 A singer.

-9 A billion.

-1 A cow-sacrifice

-11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.

-Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.

-2 the cow's hoof.

-3 the print of a cow's hoof.

-कर्ण a. having cow's ears.

(-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.

-2 a mule.

-3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.

-4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.

-5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.

-6 a kind of deer.

-7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.

-किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.

-किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough

-2 a pestle.

-कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.

-2 a cow-house.

-3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).

-कुलिक a.

1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.

-2 squint-eyed.

-कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.

-कृतम् cow-dung.

-क्षीरम् cow's milk.

-क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.

-खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.

-खा a nail.

-गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.

-गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.

-गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.

-ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.

-2 a cow-house.

-ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.

-ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.

-घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.

-घृतम् 1 rain-water.

-2 clarified butter coming from a cow.

-घ्न a.

1 destructive to cows.

-2 one who has killed a cow.

-3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.

-चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.

-चर a.

1 grazed over by cattle.

-2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.

-3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.

-4 moving on earth.

-5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.

-6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.

(-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.

-2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.

-3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.

-4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.

-5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.

-6 horizon.

-7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.

-8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.

˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).

-चर्मन् n.

1 a cow's hide.

-2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.

-चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.

-चारकः cowherd.

-चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.

-ज a.

1 born in the earth (rice &c.).

-2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.

-जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.

-जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.

-जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (

-कः) a preparer of food, baker.

-जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.

-जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).

-जिह्विका the uvula.

-जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.

-तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.

-तीर्थम् a cowhouse.

-त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]

1 a cow-pen.

-2 a stable in general.

-3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.

-4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.

-5 a multitude.

-6 increase.

-7 a forest.

-8 a field.

-9 a road.

-1 possessions, wealth.

-11 an umbrella, a parasol.

-12 knowledge of futurity.

-13 a genus, class, species.

-14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (

-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.

(-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.

-2 the earth.

˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.

˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.

˚कीला the earth.

˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.

˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.

˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.

-भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.

˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.

-द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (

-दः) brain. (

-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.

-दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (

-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (

-त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).

-दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.

(-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.

-2 a white fossil substance.

-दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.

-2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).

-3 the part of the head close to the right ear.

-दाय a. intending to give cows.

-दारणम् 1 a plough.

-2 a spade, hoe.

-दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.

-दुह् m.,

-दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.

-दोहः 1 the milking of cows.

-2 the milk of cows.

-3 the time of milking cows.

-दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.

-2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.

-दोहनी a milk-pail.

-द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.

-धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.

-2 possession of cows. (

-नः) a broad-pointed arrow.

-धरः a mountain.

-धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.

-धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.

-2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;

-सम्भवम् a sour paste.

-धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).

-धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.

-भ्रः a mountain.

-नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.

-नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.

-नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.

-2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).

-3 N. of a country.

-नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.

-नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.

-2 a kind of gem.

-नसा the mouth of a cow.

-नाथः 1 a bull.

-2 an owner of land.

-3 a herdsman.

-4 an owner of kine.

-नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.

-नाशनः a wolf.

-नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.

-नासम् a kind of gem.

-निष्यन्दः cow's urine.

-पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.

-2 the chief of a cowpen.

-3 the superintendent of a village.

-4 a king.

-5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.

˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.

˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.

˚आटविका a cowherd.

˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.

-2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.

˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

˚चापः the rainbow.

˚दलः the betel-nut tree.

˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.

˚रसः gum myrrh.

˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.

(-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.

-2 myrrh.

(-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.

-2 protectress. (

-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).

-2 a milk-maid.

-3 a protectress.

-4 Nature, elementary nature.

-पतिः 1 an owner of cows.

-2 a bull.

-3 a leader, chief.

-4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.

-5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.

-6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-7 N. of Śiva.

-8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.

-9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.

-पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.

-पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.

-पशुः a sacrificial cow.

-पाः m. Ved.

1 a herdsman.

-2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.

-पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.

-पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.

-पालकः 1 a cowherd.

-2 a king.

-3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.

-पालिः an epithet of Śiva.

-पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.

-पालितः N. of a lexicographer.

-पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).

-पीतः a species of wagtail.

-पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (

-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.

-पुच्छम् a cow's tail.

-2 a particular point of an arrow.

(-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.

-2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.

-3 a kind of drum.

-पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.

-पुत्रः 1 a young bull.

-2 an epithet of Karṇa.

-पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.

-2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.

-3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.

-पुरीषम् cowdung.

-प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.

-प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.

-प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.

-2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.

-प्रदानम् same as गोदान.

-प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.

-फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.

-2 a sling.

-बालः the hair of cows.

-भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.

-भृत् m.

1 a mountain.

-2 a king.

-मक्षिका a gadfly.

-मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.

-मंडलम् 1 the globe.

-2 a multitude of cows.

-मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.

-मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.

-मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.

-मथः a cowherd.

-मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.

-महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.

-मांसम् beef.

-मायु 1 a kind of frog.

-2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.

-3 bile of a cow.

-4 N. of a Gandharva.

-मीनः a kind of fish.

-मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.

(-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.

-2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.

(-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.

-2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (

-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.

-2 a house built unevenly.

-3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (

-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.

-मूढ a. stupid as a bull.

-मूत्रम् cow's urine.

-मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.

-कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.

-मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)

-2 a form of calculation.

-मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).

-मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.

-मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.

-2 a kind of poison (काकोल).

-3 smearing the body with unguents.

-मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.

-यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.

-युक्त a. drawn by oxen.

-युतम् 1 a cattle station.

-2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.

-रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.

-2 keeping or tending cattle.

-3 the orange.

-4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.

-रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).

-रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl

-2 a prisoner.

-3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.

-4 a chanter.

-रवम् saffron.

-रसः cow's milk.

-2 curds.

-3 buttermilk.

-4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.

-राजः an excellent bull.

-राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.

-रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.

-रूपम् the form of a cow. (

-पः) N. of Śiva.

-रोचम् yellow orpiment.

-रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.

-लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.

-लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.

-लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.

-लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.

-2 white Dūrvā grass.

-3 Zedoary.

-4 N. of a shrub.

-वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.

-वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.

-वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.

-वरम् pounded cowdung.

-वशा a barren cow.

-वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.

-वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.

-विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.

1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.

-2 a hus- bandman.

-विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.

-विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.

-2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.

-3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन

-विष् f.,

-विष्ठा cowdung.

-विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.

-विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.

-वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.

-वीर्यम् the price received for milk.

-वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.

-वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.

-वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.

-वैद्यः a quack docter.

-व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.

-2 a herd of cows.

-3 a place where cattle graze.

-व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.

-शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.

-शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.

-शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.

-शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.

-2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.

-षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.

-षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.

-षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.

-2 giving cattle.

-ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.

-संख्यः a cowherd.

-सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).

-सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.

-सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.

-सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (

-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.

-सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).

-सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.

-स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.

-2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.

-3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.

-4 a kind of fort.

-स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.

-स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.

-स्वामिन् m.

1 an owner of cows.

-2 a religious mendicant.

-3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).

-हत्या cow-slaughter.

-हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.

-हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)

-हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (

-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > गो _gō
15 दशन् _daśan

दशन् Num. a. (pl.) Ten; स भूमिं विश्वतो वृत्वा अत्य- तिष्ठद्दशाङ्गुलम् Rv.1.9.1.

-Comp. -अङ्गुल a. ten fingers long; Ms.8.271.

(-लम्) 1 a length of 1 fingers; Rv.1.9.1.

-2 a water-melon.

-अधिपतिः a commander of ten men. Mb.12.

-अर्ध a. five, (

-र्धम्) five; अण्व्यो मात्रा विनाशिन्यो दशार्धानां तु याः स्मृताः Ms.1.27. (

-र्धः) an epithet of Buddha.

-अर्हः 1 an epithet of Krisna or Visnu.

-2 Buddha.

-अवताराः m. (pl.) the ten incarnations of Viṣṇu; see under अवतार.

- अवर a. consisting of at least ten; दशावरा वा परिषद्यं धर्मं परिकल्पयेत् Ms.12.11.

-अश्वः the moon.

-आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Rāvaṇā; दशाननकिरीटेभ्यस्तत्क्षणं राक्षसप्रियः R.1.75.

-आमयः an epithet of Rudra.

-इन्द्रियाणि The five कर्मेन्द्रियs and five ज्ञानेन्द्रियs.

-ईशः a superintendent of 1 villages; Ms.7.116.

-एकादशिक a. who lends 1 and re- ceives 11 in return; i. e. who lends money at ten per cent.

-कण्ठः, -कन्धरः epithets of Rāvaṇa; सप्तलोकैकवीरस्य दशकण्ठ- कुलद्विषः U.4.27. ˚अरिः, ˚जित् m., ˚रिपुः epithets of Rāma; दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29.

-कर्मन् n. the ten ceremo- nies prescribed to the three twice-born classes.

-कुमार- चरितम् a prose work by Dandin.

-क्षीर a. mixed with 1 parts of milk.

-गुण a. ten-fold, ten times larger.

-गुणित a. multiplied by 1; दशगुणितमिव प्राप्तवान् वीरधर्मम B. R.9.53.

-ग्रन्थाः (pl.) संहिता, ब्राह्मण, आरण्यक, शिक्षा, कल्प, व्याकरण, निघण्टु, छन्द and निरुक्त; hence

दशग्रन्थिन् = A person who has learnt by heart all these ten books.

-ग्रामपतिः, -ग्रामिकः, -ग्रामिन् m.,

-पः a superintendent of ten villages.

-ग्रामी a collection or corporation of ten villages.

-ग्रीवः = दशकण्ठ q.v.

-चतुष्कम् N. of a sport; Sinhās.27.

-धर्मः unfavourable condition, distress; अभ्यस्तो बहुभिर्बाणैर्दशधर्मगतेन वै Mb.7.147.2. (see com.).

-पारमिताध्वरः 'possessing the ten perfec- tions', an epithet of Buddha.

-पुरम् N. of an ancient city, capital of king Rantideva; पात्रीकुर्वन्दशपुरवधूनेत्रकौतू- हलानाम् Me.49.

-बन्धः a tenth part; Ms.8.17; also

˚बन्धक; Y.2.76.

-बलः, -भूमिगः epithets of Buddha.

-बाहुः an epithet of Śiva.

-भुजा, -महाविद्या N. of Durgā.

-मालिकाः (pl.)

1 N. of a country.

-2 the people or rulers of this country.

-मास्य a.

1 ten months old; एवा ते गर्भ एजतु निरैतु दशमास्यः Rv.5.78.7-8.

-2 ten months in the womb (as a child before birth).

-मुखः an epithet of Rāvaṇa. ˚रिपुः an epithet of Rāma; सीतां हित्वा दशमुखरिपुर्नोपयेमे यदन्याम् R.14.87.

-मूत्रकम् The urine of 1 (elephant, buffalo, camel, cow, goat, sheep, horse, donkey, man and woman).

-मूलम् a tonic medicine prepared from the roots of ten plants; (Mar. सालवण, पिटवण (पृष्टिपर्णी), रिंगणी, डोरली, गोखरूं, बेल, ऐरण, टेंटू, पहाडमूळ, शिवण).

-योजनम् a distance of 1 Yojanas; पादाङ्गुष्ठेन चिक्षेप संपूर्णं दशयोजनम् Rām.1.1.65; also दशयोजनी; मोहितेन्द्रियवृत्तिं तं व्यतीत्य दशयोजनीम् Ks.94.14.

-रथः N. of a celebrated king of Ayodhyā, son of Aja, and father of Rāma and his three brothers. [He had three wives Kausalyā, Sumitrā, and Kaikeyī, but was for several years without issue. He was therefore recommended by Vasiṣṭha to perform a sacrifice which he successfully did with the assistance of Ṛiṣyaśṛiṅga. On the completion of this sacrifice Kausalyā bore to him Rāma, Sumitrā Laksmana and Śatrughna, and Kaikeyī Bharata. Daśaratha was extremely fond of his sons, but Rāma was his greatest favourite- 'his life, his very soul.' Thus when Kaikeyī at the instiga- tion of Mantharā demanded the fulfilment of the two boons he had previously promised to her, the king tried to dissuade her mind from her wicked resolve by threats, and, failing these, by the most servile supplica- tions. But Kaikeyī remained inexorable, and the poor monarch was obliged to send his beloved son into exile. He soon afterwards died of a broken heart]. Bhāg.9.1.1 ˚ललिता The fourth day of the dark fortnight of Āśvina.

-रश्मिशतः the sun; दशरश्मिशतोपमद्युतिम् R.8.29.

-रात्रम् a period of ten nights. (

-त्रः) a particular sacrifice lasting for ten days.

-रूपकम् the 1 kinds of drama.

-रूपभृत् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-लक्षण a. relating to 1 objects; इदं भागवतं पुराणं दक्षलक्षणम् Bhāg.2.9.43.

-णम् ten marks or attributes.

-लक्षणकः religion; cf. धृतिः क्षमा दमो$स्तेयं शौचमिन्द्रियनिग्रहः । धीर्विद्या सत्यमक्रोधो दशकं धर्मलक्षणम् ॥ Ms.7. 92.

-वक्त्रः, -वदनः see दशमुख; Bk.9.137.

-वर्गः the double five classes of अमात्य, राष्ट्र, दुर्ग, कोश and दण्ड; वेत्ता च दशवर्गस्य स्थानवृद्धिक्षयात्मनः Mb.12.57.18 (com. 'अमात्यराष्ट्रदुर्गाणि कोशो दण्डश्च पञ्चमः' इति प्रकृतिपञ्चकं स्वपक्षे परपक्षे चेति दशको वर्गः).

-वाजिन् m. the moon.

-वार्षिक a. happening after, or lasting for, ten years; Y.2.24.

-विध a. of ten kinds.

-शतम् 1 a thousand; ये सहस्रम- राजन्नासन् दशशता उत Av.5.18.1.

-2 one hundred and ten. ˚रश्मिः the sun. ˚अक्षः, ˚नयनः Indra; दशशताक्षककुब्दरि- निःसृतः Mb 7.184.47.

-शती a thousand.

-स (सा)- हस्रम् ten thousand.

-हरा 1 an epithet of the Ganges (taking away the 1 sins).

-2 a festival in honour of the Ganges held on the 1th day of Jyeṣṭha.

-3 a festival in honour of Durgā held on the tenth of Āśvina.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > दशन् _daśan
16 पुत्रः _putrḥ

पुत्रः 1 A son; (the word is thus derived:-- पुन्नाम्नो नरकाद् यस्मात् त्रायते पितरं सुतः । तस्मात् पुत्र इति प्रोक्तः स्वयमेव स्वयंभुवा ॥ Ms.9.138; the word, therefore, should be strictly written पुत्त्रः).

-2 A child, young one of an animal.

-3 A dear child (a term of endearment in addressing young persons).

-4 (At the end of comp.) Anything little or small of its kind; as in असिपुत्रः, शिलापुत्रः &c.

-5 (Astrol.) The fifth mansion from जन्मलग्न.

-त्रौ (du.) A son and daughter.

-Comp. -अन्नादः 1 one who lives at a son's expense, one who is maintained by his son.

-2 a mendicant of a parti- cular order; see कुटीचक.

-अर्थिन् a. wishing for a son.

-आचार्य a. one having a son for his teacher; Me.3. 16.

-आदिनी 1 an unnatural mother.

-2 a tigress.

-इष्टिः, -इष्टिका f. a sacrifice performed to obtain male issue; गृहीत्वा पञ्चवर्षीयं पुत्रेष्टिं प्रथमं चरेत्.

-ऐश्वर्यम् a resignation of property or power by a father to his son.

-कर्मन् n. a ceremony on the birth of a son.

-काम a. desirous of sons.

-काम्या a wish for sons; अथाभ्यर्च्य विधातारं प्रयतौ पुत्रकाम्यया R.1.35.

-कार्यम् a ceremony relating to a son.

-कृत् m. an adopted son.

-कृतकः one who is adopted as a son, an adopted son; श्यामाकमुष्टिपरिवर्धितको जहाति सो$यं न पुत्रकृतकः पदवीं मृगस्ते Ś.4.14.

-जग्धी an unnatural mother (who eats her own children.)

-जात a. one to whom a son is born.

-दारम् son and wife.

-धर्मः filial duty.

-पौत्रम्, -त्राः sons and grandsons.

-पौत्रीण a. transmitted from son to son, hereditary; लक्ष्मीं परंपरीणां त्वं पुत्रपौत्रीणतां नय Bk.5.15.

-प्रतिनिधिः a substitute for a son. (e. g. an adopted son).

-प्रवरः the eldest son.

-लाभः obtaining a son.

-वधः f. a daughter-in-law.

-सखः 'a friend of children', one who is fond of children.

-सूः a mother of a son.

-हीन a. sonless, childless.

-संकरिन् a. mixing or confusing sons by mixed marriages.

-हतः an epithet of Vasiṣṭha (whose hundred sons where killed). (

-ती) an unnatural mother.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > पुत्रः _putrḥ
17 ब्रह्मन् _brahman

ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]

1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.

-2 A hymn of praise.

-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.

-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.

-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.

-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.

-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.

-8 Religious penance or austerities.

-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.

-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.

-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.

-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.

-13 Wealth.

-14 Food.

-15 A Brāhmaṇa.

-16 Truth.

-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.

-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.

-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.

-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.

1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]

-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.

-3 A devout man.

-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.

-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.

-6 The sun.

-7 Intellect.

-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.

-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.

-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.

-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.

-1 Of Śiva.

-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.

-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.

-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).

-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.

-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.

-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.

-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.

-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.

-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.

-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.

-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.

-2 N. of a forest.

-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.

-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.

-3 N. of a spell.

-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.

-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.

-आत्मभूः a horse.

-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.

-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.

-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.

-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.

-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.

-आहुतिः f.

1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.

-2 the study of the Vedas.

-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).

-उत्तर a.

1 treating principally of Brahman.

-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.

-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.

-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.

-ऋषिः (

ब्रह्मर्षिः or

ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).

-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.

-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.

-कर्मन् n.

1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.

-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).

-कल्पः an age of Brahman.

-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.

-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.

-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.

-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.

-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.

-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.

-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.

-गिरिः N. of a mountain.

-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.

-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.

-गोलः the universe.

-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).

-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.

-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.

-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,

-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).

-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.

-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.

-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.

-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).

-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.

-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.

-2 N. of a magical circle.

-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.

-2 religious study, self-restraint.

-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (

-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (

-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.

-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.

-चारिन् a.

1 studying the Vedas.

-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.

-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 of Skanda.

-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.

-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.

-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-जन्मन् n.

1 spirtual birth.

-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.

-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.

-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.

-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.

-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.

-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.

(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.

-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.

-ज्योतिस् n.

1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.

-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.

-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.

-तेजस् n.

1 the glory of Brahman.

-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.

-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.

-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.

-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.

-3 an epithet of Śiva.

-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.

-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.

-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).

-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.

-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.

-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.

-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.

-दारुः the mulberry tree.

-दिनम् a day of Brahman.

-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.

-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (

-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.

(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.

-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.

-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.

-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.

-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.

1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).

-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.

-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.

-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.

-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.

-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.

-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (

-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.

-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.

-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.

-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.

-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.

-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.

-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.

-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.

-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.

-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.

-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.

-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.

(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.

-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (

-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.

-2 the body; Ch. Up.

-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).

-2 N. of Benares.

-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.

-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).

-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.

-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.

-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.

-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.

-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.

-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.

-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.

-2 the mulberry tree.

-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.

-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.

-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.

-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.

-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit

-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.

-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.

-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.

-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.

-भूतिः f. twilight.

-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.

-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.

-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.

-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.

-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.

-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.

-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.

-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.

-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.

-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.

-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मेखलः the Munja plant.

-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)

-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.

-योनि a.

1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (

-निः) f.

1 original source in Brahman.

-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.

-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.

-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.

-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.

-रवः muttering of prayers.

-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.

-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.

-रात्रः early dawn.

-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)

-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.

-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.

-3 a particular constellation.

-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.

-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.

-लोकः the world of Brahman.

-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.

-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.

-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.

-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.

-वर्चस् n.,

-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.

-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.

-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.

-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.

-वर्धनम् copper.

-वाच् f. the sacred text.

-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.

-वादिन् m.

1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.

-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (

-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.

-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.

-विद्, -विद a.

1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.

-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.

-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.

-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.

-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.

-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.

-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.

-2 the Udumbara tree.

-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.

-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.

-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.

-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.

-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).

-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.

-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.

-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas

-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.

-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).

-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.

-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.

-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.

-2 a command of Brahman.

-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.

-4 instruction about sacred duty.

-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.

-श्री N. of a Sāman.

-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.

-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.

-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.

-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.

-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.

-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.

-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.

-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.

-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.

-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (

-वः) N. of Nārada.

-सर्पः a kind of snake.

-सवः distillation of Soma.

-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.

-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.

-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.

-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.

-2 a kind of Ketu.

-सुवर्चला f.

1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).

-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.

-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.

-2 N. of the god of love.

-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.

-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.

-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.

-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.

-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.

-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.

-स्थानः the mulberry tree.

-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.

-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.

-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.

-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.

-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > ब्रह्मन् _brahman
18 भागिक _bhāgika

भागिक a.

1 Relating to a part.

-2 Forming a part.

-3 Fractional.

-4 Bearing interest; (भागिकं शतम् 'one part in a hundred', i. e. one per cent; so भागिका विंशतिः &c.).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > भागिक _bhāgika
19 भागिक

bhāgika
mf (ā)n. relating to a part, forming one part Suṡr. (with ṡata n. one part in a hundred i.e. one percent.;

with viṉṡati f. five percent. Pāṇ. 5-1, 49 Sch.);
m. N. of a man Rājat.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > भागिक
20 वासिष्ठ

vāsishṭhá
mf (ī)n. ( alsoﾠ written vāṡishṭha) relating orﾠ belonging to Vasishṭha, composed orﾠ revealed by him (as the 7th Maṇḍala of the Ṛig-veda);

with ṡata n. the hundred sons of Vasishṭha AitBr. MBh. R. etc.;
m. a son orﾠ descendant of Vasishṭha (applied as a patr. to various Ṛishis) TS. Br. ṠrS. etc.;
(ī) f. a female descendant of Vasishṭha Pāṇ. 4-1, 78 Sch. ;
N. of a river (= go-matī) MBh. ;
( alsoﾠ with ṡānti) N. of various wks.;
n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr. ;
= yoga-vāsishṭha q.v.;
blood L. ;
N. of a Tīrtha MBh. ;
- वासिष्ठतात्पर्यप्रकाश
- वासिष्ठनवग्रहपद्धति
- वासिष्ठरामायण
- वासिष्ठलैङ्ग
- वासिष्ठलैङ्ग्य
- वासिष्ठविवरण
- वासिष्ठशिक्षा
- वासिष्ठसार
- वासिष्ठसिद्धान्त
- वासिष्ठसूत्र
- वासिष्ठस्मृति

Sanskrit-English dictionary > वासिष्ठ

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Hundred Years' War — Clockwise, from top left: John of Bohemia at the Battle of Crécy, Plantagenet and Franco Castilian fleets at the Battle of La Rochelle … Wikipedia
Hundred of Bagot — Infobox Australian cadastral name = Hundred of Bagot state = Northern Territory caption = Map of the hundred in 1872 county = Palmerston region = est = September 1871 area = near nw = near n = near ne = near e = Paton near se = Strangways near s … Wikipedia
Berkeley Hundred — in the Virginia Colony was comprised of about eight thousand acres (32 km²) on the north bank of the James River near Herring Creek in an area then known as Charles Cittie (sic). It was named for one of the original founders, Richard Berkeley. In … Wikipedia
Investigations and prosecutions relating to the Mountain Meadows massacre — The pursuit of the perpetrators of the Mountain Meadows massacre, which atrocity occurred September 11, 1857, had to await the conclusion of the American Civil War to begin in earnest.While taking into account evidence Brigham Young did not order … Wikipedia
Controversies relating to the Six-Day War — The Six Day War was fought between June 5 and June 10, 1967, by Israel and the neighboring states of Egypt [known then as the United Arab Republic (UAR)], Jordan, and Syria. The war began with a large scale surprise air strike by Israel on Egypt… … Wikipedia
centenary — c.1600, from L. centenarius of a hundred, relating to a hundred, from centenai a hundred each, from centum hundred (see HUNDRED (Cf. hundred)) … Etymology dictionary
The Wanderings of Oisin — is an epic poem published by William Butler Yeats in 1889. It was his first publication outside of magazines, and immediately won him a reputation as a significant poet.The poem is a dialogue between the aged Irish hero Oisín (pronounced Usheen)… … Wikipedia
sexcentenary — /ˌsɛkssɛnˈtinəri/ (say .sekssen teenuhree) adjective 1. relating to six hundred or a period of six hundred years; marking the completion of six hundred years. –noun (plural sexcentenaries) 2. a six hundredth anniversary, or its celebration …
Centenarian — Cen te*na ri*an, a. Of or relating to a hundred years. n. A person a hundred years old. [1913 Webster] … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
cen|te|nar|y — «SEHN tuh NEHR ee, sehn TEHN uhr ; especially British sehn TEE nuhr ee», noun, plural nar|ies, adjective. –n. 1. a 100th anniversary: »1876 was the first centenary of the signing of the Declaration of Independence. 2. a celebration of the 100th… … Useful english dictionary
Cental — Cen tal, n. Relating to a hundred. [1913 Webster] {Cental system}, the method of buying and selling by the cental, or hundredweight. [1913 Webster] … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

relating to a hundred

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

relating to a hundred

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: